Komatsu Pc200-8 Shop Manual
Komatsu Pc200-8 Shop Manual
Komatsu Pc200-8 Shop Manual
HYDRAULIC
EXCAVATOR
PC200 -8
PC200LC -8
PC220 -8
PC220LC -8
PC200- 300001
PC200LC- 300001
SERIAL NUMBERS and up
PC220- 70001
PC220LC- 70001
SEN00093-07
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00093-07 00 Index and foreword
01 Specification SEN00086-01
Specification and technical data SEN00095-01 q
2 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00093-07
40 Troubleshooting SEN00090-03
Failure code table and fuse locations SEN03308-00 Q
General information on troubleshooting SEN00231-03 q
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 1 SEN00240-03 q
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 2 SEN00241-01
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 3 SEN00242-03 q
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 4 SEN00243-01
Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode) SEN00244-01
Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode) SEN00245-01 q
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode) SEN00246-01
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00093-07 00 Index and foreword
Table of contents 1
00 Index and foreword
Index SEN00093-07
Composition of shop manual ................................................................................................... 2
Table of contents...................................................................................................................... 4
Foreword and general information SEN00094-04
Safety notice ............................................................................................................................ 2
How to read the shop manual.................................................................................................. 7
Explanation of terms for maintenance standard ...................................................................... 9
Handling of electric equipment and hydraulic component ....................................................... 11
Handling of connectors newly used for engines ...................................................................... 20
How to read electric wire code................................................................................................. 23
Precautions when carrying out operation ................................................................................ 26
Method of disassembling and connecting push-pull type coupler ........................................... 29
Standard tightening torque table.............................................................................................. 32
Conversion table...................................................................................................................... 36
01 Specification
Specification and technical data SEN00095-01
Specification dimension drawings............................................................................................ 2
Working range diagram ........................................................................................................... 3
Specifications........................................................................................................................... 4
Weight table ............................................................................................................................. 8
Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants ........................................................................................ 12
4 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00093-07
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00093-07 00 Index and foreword
40 Troubleshooting
Failure code table and fuse locations SEN03308-00
Failure codes table .................................................................................................................. 2
Fuse locations.......................................................................................................................... 7
General information on troubleshooting SEN00231-03
General information on troubleshooting ...................................................................................... 2
Points to remember when troubleshooting .............................................................................. 2
Sequence of events in troubleshooting.................................................................................... 3
Check before troubleshooting.................................................................................................. 4
Classification and procedures for troubleshooting................................................................... 5
How to read electric wire code................................................................................................. 9
Connection table for connector pin numbers ........................................................................... 12
T- branch box and T- branch adapter table.............................................................................. 46
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 1 SEN00240-03
Failure code [989L00] Engine Controller Lock Caution 1 ........................................................ 4
Failure code [989M00] Engine Controller Lock Caution 2 ....................................................... 4
Failure code [989N00] Engine Controller Lock Caution 3........................................................ 5
Failure code [AA10NX] Air Cleaner Clogging .......................................................................... 5
Failure code [AB00KE] Charge Voltage Low ........................................................................... 6
Failure code [B@BAZG] Eng Oil Press. Low........................................................................... 8
Failure code [B@BAZK] Eng Oil Level Low............................................................................. 8
Failure code [B@BCNS] Eng Water Overheat ........................................................................ 9
Failure code [B@BCZK] Eng Water Level Low ....................................................................... 9
Failure code [B@HANS] Hydr Oil Overheat ............................................................................ 10
Failure code [CA111] EMC Critical Internal Failure.................................................................. 10
Failure code [CA115] Eng Ne and Bkup Speed Sens Error..................................................... 11
Failure code [CA122] Chg Air Press Sensor High Error .......................................................... 12
Failure code [CA123] Chg Air Press Sensor Low Error........................................................... 14
Failure code [CA131] Throttle Sensor High Error .................................................................... 16
Failure code [CA132] Throttle Sensor Low Error..................................................................... 18
Failure code [CA144] Coolant Temp Sens High Error ............................................................. 20
Failure code [CA145] Coolant Temp Sens Low Error .............................................................. 22
6 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00093-07
Failure code [CA153] Chg Air Temp Sensor High Error .......................................................... 24
Failure code [CA154] Chg Air Temp Sensor Low Error ........................................................... 26
Failure code [CA155] Chg Air Temp High Speed Derate......................................................... 28
Failure code [CA187] Sens Supply 2 Volt Low Error ............................................................... 30
Failure code [CA221] Ambient Press Sens High Error............................................................ 32
Failure code [CA222] Ambient Press Sens Low Error............................................................. 34
Failure code [CA227] Sens Supply 2 Volt High Error .............................................................. 36
Failure code [CA234] Eng Overspeed..................................................................................... 37
Failure code [CA238] Ne Speed Sens Supply Volt Error......................................................... 38
Failure code [CA271] IMV/PCV1 Short Error .......................................................................... 39
Failure code [CA272] IMV/PCV1 Open Error .......................................................................... 40
Failure code [CA322] Inj #1 Open/Short Error......................................................................... 42
Failure code [CA323] Inj #5 Open/Short Error......................................................................... 44
Failure code [CA324] Inj #3 Open/Short Error......................................................................... 46
Failure code [CA325] Inj #6 Open/Short Error......................................................................... 48
Failure code [CA331] Inj #2 Open/Short Error......................................................................... 50
Failure code [CA332] Inj #4 Open/Short Error......................................................................... 52
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 2 SEN00241-01
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 2........................................................... 3
Failure code [CA342] Calibration Code Incompatibility ........................................................... 3
Failure code [CA351] Injectors Drive Circuit Error................................................................... 4
Failure code [CA352] Sens Supply 1 Volt Low Error ............................................................... 6
Failure code [CA386] Sens Supply 1 Volt High Error .............................................................. 8
Failure code [CA428] Water in Fuel Sensor High Error........................................................... 10
Failure code [CA429] Water in Fuel Sensor Low Error............................................................ 12
Failure code [CA435] Eng Oil Press Sw Error......................................................................... 14
Failure code [CA441] Battery Voltage Low Error ..................................................................... 15
Failure code [CA442] Battery Voltage High Error .................................................................... 18
Failure code [CA449] Rail Press Very High Error .................................................................... 20
Failure code [CA451] Rail Press Sensor High Error................................................................ 22
Failure code [CA452] Rail Press Sensor Low Error ................................................................ 24
Failure code [CA488] Chg Air Temp High Torque Derate........................................................ 26
Failure code [CA553] Rail Press High Error ............................................................................ 26
Failure code [CA559] Rail Press Low Error............................................................................. 27
Failure code [CA689] Eng Ne Speed Sensor Error ................................................................. 28
Failure code [CA731] Eng Bkup Speed Sens Phase Error...................................................... 30
Failure code [CA757] All Continuous Data Lost Error ............................................................. 32
Failure code [CA778] Eng Bkup Speed Sensor Error.............................................................. 34
Failure code [CA1633] KOMNET Datalink Timeout Error........................................................ 36
Failure code [CA2185] Throt Sens Sup Volt High Error .......................................................... 38
Failure code [CA2186] Throt Sens Sup Volt Low Error ........................................................... 39
Failure code [CA2249] Rail Press Very Low Error................................................................... 40
Failure code [CA2311] IMV Solenoid Error.............................................................................. 42
Failure code [CA2555] Grid Htr Relay Volt High Error............................................................. 44
Failure code [CA2556] Grid Htr Relay Volt Low Error ............................................................. 46
Failure code [D19JKZ] Personal Code Relay Abnormality...................................................... 48
Failure code [D862KA] GPS Antenna Discon ......................................................................... 50
Failure code [DA22KK] Pump Solenoid Power Low Error ....................................................... 51
Failure code [DA25KP] 5V Sensor 1 Power Abnormality ........................................................ 53
Failure code [DA29KQ] Model Selection Abnormality ............................................................. 60
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 3 SEN00242-03
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 3........................................................... 4
Failure code [DA2RMC] CAN Discon (Pump Con Detected) .................................................. 4
Failure code [DAF8KB] Short circuit in camera power supply ................................................. 6
Failure code [DAFGMC] GPS Module Error............................................................................ 8
Failure code [DAFRMC] CAN Discon (Monitor Detected) ....................................................... 10
Failure code [DGH2KB] Hydr Oil Sensor Short ....................................................................... 12
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00093-07 00 Index and foreword
8 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00093-07
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00093-07 00 Index and foreword
10 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00093-07
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00093-07
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
12
SEN00094-04
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
2 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
3) When disassembling or assembling, sup- 8) When removing piping, stop the fuel or oil
port the machine with blocks, jacks, or from spilling out. If any fuel or oil drips
stands before starting work. onto the floor, wipe it up immediately. Fuel
4) Remove all mud and oil from the steps or or oil on the floor can cause you to slip
other places used to get on and off the and can even start fires.
machine. Always use the handrails, lad- 9) As a general rule, do not use gasoline to
ders or steps when getting on or off the wash parts. Do not use it to clean electri-
m a c h i n e . N e v e r j u m p o n o r o ff t h e cal parts, in particular.
machine. If it is impossible to use the 10) Be sure to assemble all parts again in their
handrails, ladders or steps, use a stand to original places. Replace any damaged
provide safe footing. parts and parts which must not be reused
with new parts. When installing hoses and
3. Precautions during work wires, be sure that they will not be dam-
1) Before disconnecting or removing compo- aged by contact with other parts when the
nents of the oil, water, or air circuits, first machine is operated.
release the pressure completely from the 11) When installing high pressure hoses,
circuit. When removing the oil filler cap, a make sure that they are not twisted. Dam-
drain plug, or an oil pressure pickup plug, aged tubes are dangerous, so be
loosen it slowly to prevent the oil from extremely careful when installing tubes for
spurting out. high pressure circuits. In addition, check
2) The coolant and oil in the circuits are hot t h a t c o n n e c t i n g pa r ts a r e c o r r e c t l y
when the engine is stopped, so be careful installed.
not to get scalded. Wait for the oil and 12) When assembling or installing parts,
coolant to cool before carrying out any always tighten them to the specified
work on the oil or water circuits. torques. When installing protective parts
3) Before starting work, stop the engine. such as guards, or parts which vibrate vio-
When working on or around a rotating lently or rotate at high speed, be particu-
part, in particular, stop the engine. When l a r ly c a r e fu l t o c he c k t h a t t h e y ar e
checking the machine without stopping installed correctly.
the engine (measuring oil pressure, 13) When aligning 2 holes, never insert your
revolving speed, temperature, etc.), take fingers or hand. Be careful not to get your
extreme care not to get rolled or caught in fingers caught in a hole.
rotating parts or moving parts. 14) When measuring hydraulic pressure,
4) Before starting work, remove the leads check that the measuring tools are cor-
from the battery. Always remove the lead rectly assembled.
from the negative (–) terminal first. 15) Take care when removing or installing the
5) When raising a heavy component (heavier tracks of track-type machines. When
than 25 kg), use a hoist or crane. Before removing the track, the track separates
starting work, check that the slings (wire suddenly, so never let anyone stand at
ropes, chains, and hooks) are free from either end of the track.
damage. Always use slings which have 16) If the engine is operated for a long time in
ample capacity and install them to proper a place which is not ventilated well, you
places. Operate the hoist or crane slowly may suffer from gas poisoning. Accord-
to prevent the component from hitting any ingly, open the windows and doors to ven-
other part. Do not work with any part still tilate well.
raised by the hoist or crane.
6) When removing a cover which is under
internal pressure or under pressure from a
spring, always leave 2 bolts in diagonal
positions. Loosen those bolts gradually
and alternately to release the pressure,
and then remove the cover.
7) When removing components, be careful
not to break or damage the electrical wir-
ing. Damaged wiring may cause electrical
fires.
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
4 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
q If the load is unstable or the wire rope 13) If the hoist stops because of a power fail-
or chains are twisted, lower the load ure, turn the power switch OFF. When
and lift it up again. turning on a switch which was turned OFF
q Do not lift up the load slantingly. by the electric shock prevention earth
13) When lifting down a load, observe the fol- leakage breaker, check that the devices
lowing. related to that switch are not in operation
q When lifting down a load, stop it tem- state.
porarily at 30 cm above the floor, and 14) If you find an obstacle around the hoist,
then lower it slowly. stop the operation.
q Check that the load is stable, and 15) After finishing the work, stop the hoist at
then remove the sling. the specified position and raise the hook
q Remove kinks and dirt from the wire to at least 2 m above the floor. Do not
ropes and chains used for the sling leave the sling installed to the hook.
work, and put them in the specified
place. 7. Selecting wire ropes
1) Select adequate ropes depending on the
5. Precautions for using mobile crane weight of parts to be hoisted, referring to
a Read the Operation and Maintenance the table below.
Manual of the crane carefully in advance
and operate the crane safely. Wire ropes
(Standard “Z” twist ropes without galvanizing)
6. Precautions for using overhead hoist crane (JIS G3525, No. 6, Type 6X37-A)
k When raising a heavy part (heavier Nominal
Allowable load
than 25 kg), use a hoist, etc. In Disas- diameter of rope
sembly and assembly, the weight of a mm kN ton
part heavier than 25 kg is indicated 10 8.8 0.9
after the mark of 4. 12 12.7 1.3
1) Before starting work, inspect the wire 14 17.3 1.7
ropes, brake, clutch, controller, rails, over
16 22.6 2.3
wind stop device, electric shock preven-
18 28.6 2.9
tion earth leakage breaker, crane collision
20 35.3 3.6
prevention device, and power application
warning lamp, and check safety. 25 55.3 5.6
2) Observe the signs for sling work. 30 79.6 8.1
3) Operate the hoist at a safe place. 40 141.6 14.4
4) Check the direction indicator plates (east, 50 221.6 22.6
west, south, and north) and the directions 60 318.3 32.4
of the control buttons without fail.
5) Do not sling a load slantingly. Do not move a The allowable load is one-sixth of the
the crane while the slung load is swinging. breaking strength of the rope used
6) Do not raise or lower a load while the (Safety coefficient: 6).
crane is moving longitudinally or laterally.
7) Do not drag a sling.
8) When lifting up a load, stop it just after it
leaves the ground and check safety, and
then lift it up.
9) Consider the travel route in advance and
lift up a load to a safe height.
10) Place the control switch on a position
where it will not be an obstacle to work
and passage.
11) After operating the hoist, do not swing the
control switch.
12) Remember the position of the main switch
so that you can turn off the power immedi-
ately in an emergency.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
2) Connection
1] When installing the air conditioner cir-
cuit hoses and tubes, take care that
dirt, dust, water, etc. will not enter
them.
2] When connecting the air conditioner
hoses and tubes, check that O-rings
(1) are fitted to their joints.
3] Check that each O-ring is not dam-
aged or deteriorated.
4] When connecting the refrigerant pip-
ing, apply compressor oil for refriger-
ant (R134a) (DENSO: ND-OIL8,
ZEXEL: ZXL100PG (equivalent to
PAG46)) to its O-rings.
6 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
q Some attachments and optional parts in this shop manual may not be delivered to certain areas. If one
of them is required, consult KOMATSU distributors.
q Materials and specifications are subject to change without notice.
q Shop manuals are divided into the “Chassis volume” and “Engine volume”. For the engine unit, see the
engine volume of the engine model mounted on the machine.
01. Specification
This section explains the specifications of the machine.
40. Troubleshooting
This section explains how to find out failed parts and how to repair them. The troubleshooting is
divided by failure modes. The “S mode” of the troubleshooting related to the engine may be also
explained in the Chassis volume and Engine volume. In this case, see the Chassis volume.
90. Diagrams and drawings (chassis volume)/Repair and replacement of parts (engine volume)
q Chassis volume
This section gives hydraulic circuit diagrams and electrical circuit diagrams.
q Engine volume
This section explains the method of reproducing, repairing, and replacing parts.
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
3. Filing method
File by the brochures in the correct order of the form number printed in the shop manual composition
table.
q Revisions
Revised brochures are shown in the shop manual composition table.
4. Symbols
Important safety and quality portions are marked with the following symbols so that the shop manual will
be used practically.
4
Weight of parts of component or parts. Caution necessary when
Weight
selecting hoisting wire, or when working posture is important, etc.
3
Tightening Places that require special attention for tightening torque during
torque assembly.
5
Oil, coolant Places where oil, etc. must be added, and capacity.
6
Drain Places where oil, etc. must be drained, and quantity to be drained.
5. Units
In this shop manual, the units are indicated with International System of units (SI). For reference, con-
ventionally used Gravitational System of units is indicated in parentheses { }.
8 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
Example:
Standard size Tolerance
–0.022
120
–0.126
Example:
Tolerance
Standard size
Shaft Hole
–0.030 +0.046
60
–0.076 +0
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
10 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
3) Disconnections in wiring
If the wiring is held and the connectors are
pulled apart, or components are lifted with
a crane with the wiring still connected, or a
heavy object hits the wiring, the crimping
of the connector may separate, or the sol-
dering may be damaged, or the wiring
may be broken.
12 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
2) Connecting connectors
1] Check the connector visually.
Check that there is no oil, dirt, or
water stuck to the connector pins
(mating portion).
Check that there is no deformation,
defective contact, corrosion, or dam-
age to the connector pins.
Check that there is no damage or
breakage to the outside of the con-
nector.
a If there is any oil, water, or dirt
stuck to the connector, wipe it off
with a dry cloth. If any water has
got inside the connector, warm
the inside of the wiring with a
dryer, but be careful not to make
it too hot as this will cause short
circuits.
a If there is any damage or break-
age, replace the connector.
2] Fix the connector securely.
Align the position of the connector
correctly, and then insert it securely.
For connectors with the lock stopper,
push in the connector until the stop-
per clicks into position.
3] Correct any protrusion of the boot and
any misalignment of the wiring har-
ness.
For connectors fitted with boots, cor-
rect any protrusion of the boot. In
addition, if the wiring harness is mis-
aligned, or the clamp is out of posi-
tion, adjust it to its correct position.
a If the connector cannot be cor-
rected easily, remove the clamp
and adjust the position.
q If the connector clamp has been
removed, be sure to return it to
its original position. Check also
that there are no loose clamps.
14 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
3) Heavy duty wire connector (DT 8-pole, 12- q Disconnection q Connection (Example of
pole) incomplete setting of (a))
Disconnection (Left of figure)
While pressing both sides of locks (a)
and (b), pull out female connector (2).
Connection (Right of figure)
1] Push in female connector (2) horizon-
tally until the lock clicks.
Arrow: 1)
2] Since locks (a) and (b) may not be set
completely, push in female connector
(2) while moving it up and down until
the locks are set normally.
Arrow: 1), 2), 3)
a Right of figure: Lock (a) is pulled
down (not set completely) and
lock (b) is set completely.
(1): Male connector
(2): Female connector
(a), (b): Locks
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
16 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
4. Handling controller
1) The controller contains a microcomputer
and electronic control circuits. These con-
trol all of the electronic circuits on the
machine, so be extremely careful when
handling the controller.
2) Do not place objects on top of the control-
ler.
3) Cover the control connectors with tape or
a vinyl bag. Never touch the connector
contacts with your hand.
4) During rainy weather, do not leave the
controller in a place where it is exposed to
rain.
5) Do not place the controller on oil, water, or
soil, or in any hot place, even for a short
time. (Place it on a suitable dry stand).
6) Precautions when carrying out arc welding
When carrying out arc welding on the
body, disconnect all wiring harness con-
nectors connected to the controller. Fit an
arc welding ground close to the welding
point.
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
3. Sealing openings
After any piping or equipment is removed, the
openings should be sealed with caps, tapes, or
vinyl bags to prevent any dirt or dust from
entering. If the opening is left open or is
blocked with a rag, there is danger of dirt
entering or of the surrounding area being
made dirty by leaking oil so never do this. Do
not simply drain oil out onto the ground, but
collect it and ask the customer to dispose of it,
or take it back with you for disposal.
18 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
6. Flushing operations
After disassembling and assembling the equip-
ment, or changing the oil, use flushing oil to
remove the contaminants, sludge, and old oil
from the hydraulic circuit. Normally, flushing is
carried out twice: primary flushing is carried
out with flushing oil, and secondary flushing is
carried out with the specified hydraulic oil.
7. Cleaning operations
After repairing the hydraulic equipment (pump,
control valve, etc.) or when running the
machine, carry out oil cleaning to remove the
sludge or contaminants in the hydraulic oil cir-
cuit. The oil cleaning equipment is used to
remove the ultra fine (about 3 m) particles that
the filter built in the hydraulic equipment can-
not remove, so it is an extremely effective
device.
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
20 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
q 114 engine
q 107 engine
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
Example)
Injection pressure control valve of fuel
supply pump: PCV (SUMITOMO-2)
Example)
Speed sensor of fuel supply pump:
G (SUMITOMO-3)
a Pull the connector straight up.
22 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
In the electric circuit diagram, the material, thickness, and color of each electric wire are indicated by sym-
bols. The electric wire code is helpful in understanding the electric circuit diagram.
Example: AEX 0.85 L - - - Indicates blue, heat-resistant, low-voltage wire for automobile, having nomi-
nal No. of 0.85
Indicates color of wire by color code.
Color codes are shown in Table 3.
(Table 1)
Using
Sym-
Type Material temperature Example of use
bol
range (°C)
Low-voltage Conduc- Annealed copper for elec-
General wiring
wire for AV tor tric appliance
(Nominal No. 5 and above)
automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
Thin-cover Conduc- Annealed copper for elec- –30 to +60
low-voltage tor tric appliance General wiring
AVS
wire for (Nominal No. 3 and below)
automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
Heat-resis- Conduc- Annealed copper for elec-
General wiring in extremely
tant low-volt- tor tric appliance
AEX –50 to +110 cold district, wiring at high-tem-
age wire for Heat-resistant crosslinked
Insulator perature place
automobile polyethylene
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
2. Dimensions
(Table 2)
Nominal No. 0.5f (0.5) 0.75f (0.85) 1.25f (1.25) 2f 2 3f 3 5
Number of
strands/Diam- 20/0.18 7/0.32 30/0.18 11/0.32 50/0.18 16/0.32 37/0.26 26/0.32 58/0.26 41/0.32 65/0.32
eter of strand
Conductor
Sectional
0.51 0.56 0.76 0.88 1.27 1.29 1.96 2.09 3.08 3.30 5.23
area (mm2)
d (approx.) 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.9 1.9 2.3 2.4 3.0
AVS Standard 2.0 2.2 2.5 2.9 2.9 3.5 3.6 –
Cov-
AV Standard – – – – – – – 4.6
er D
AEX Standard 2.0 2.2 2.7 3.0 3.1 – 3.8 4.6
24 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
(Table 3)
Color Code Color of wire Color Code Color of wire
B Black LgW Light green & White
Br Brown LgY Light green & Yellow
BrB Brown & Black LR Blue & Red
BrR Brown & Red LW Blue & White
BrW Brown & White LY Blue & Yellow
BrY Brown & Yellow O Orange
Ch Charcoal P Pink
Dg Dark green R Red
G Green RB Red & Black
GB Green & Black RG Red & Green
GL Green & Blue RL Red & Blue
Gr Gray RW Red & White
GR Green & Red RY Red & Yellow
GW Green & White Sb Sky Blue
GY Green & Yellow Y Yellow
L Blue YB Yellow & Black
LB Blue & Black YG Yellow &Green
Lg Light green YL Yellow & Blue
LgB Light green & Black YR Yellow & Red
LgR Light green & Red YW Yellow & White
Remarks: In a color code consisting of 2 colors, the first color is the color of the background and
the second color is the color of the marking.
Example: “GW” means that the background is Green and marking is White.
(Table 4)
Type of wire AVS or AV AEX
Charge R WG – – – – R –
Ground B – – – – – B –
Start R – – – – – R –
Light RW RB RY RG RL – D –
Instrument Y YR YB YG YL YW Y Gr
Signal G GW GR GY GB GL G Br
L LW LR LY LB – L –
Type of
Br BrW BrR BrY BrB – – –
circuit
Lg LgR LgY LgB LgW – – –
O – – – – – – –
Others Gr – – – – – – –
P – – – – – – –
Sb – – – – – – –
Dg – – – – – – –
Ch – – – – – – –
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
3) If the part is not under hydraulic pressure, the following corks can be used.
Nominal Dimensions
Part Number
number D d L
06 07049-00608 6 5 8
08 07049-00811 8 6.5 11
10 07049-01012 10 8.5 12
12 07049-01215 12 10 15
14 07049-01418 14 11.5 18
16 07049-01620 16 13.5 20
18 07049-01822 18 15 22
20 07049-02025 20 17 25
22 07049-02228 22 18.5 28
24 07049-02430 24 20 30
27 07049-02734 27 22.5 34
26 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
a When operating the hydraulic cylinders for the first time after reassembling cylinders, pumps and other
hydraulic equipment removed for repair, always bleed the air as follows:
1) Start the engine and run at low idle.
2) Operate the work equipment control lever to operate the hydraulic cylinder 4 – 5 times, stopping the
cylinder 100 mm from the end of its stroke.
3) Next, operate the hydraulic cylinder 3 – 4 times to the end of its stroke.
4) After doing this, run the engine at normal speed.
a When using the machine for the first time after repair or long storage, follow the same procedure.
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
28 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
Type 1
1. Disconnection
1) Hold adapter (1) and push hose joint (2)
into mating adapter (3). (Fig. 1)
a The adapter can be pushed in about
3.5 mm.
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After hose joint (2) is pushed into adapter
(3), press rubber cap portion (4) against
adapter (3) until it clicks. (Fig. 2)
3) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and pull
it out. (Fig. 3)
a Since some hydraulic oil flows out,
prepare an oil receiving container.
2. Connection
1) Hold hose adapter (1) or hose (5) and
insert it in mating adapter (3), aligning
them with each other. (Fig. 4)
a Do not hold rubber cap portion (4).
2) After inserting the hose in the mating
adapter perfectly, pull it back to check its
connecting condition. (Fig. 5)
a When the hose is pulled back, the
rubber cap portion moves toward the
hose about 3.5 mm. This does not
indicate abnormality, however.
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
Type 2
1. Disconnection
1) Hold the tightening portion and push body
(7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6)
contacts contact surface (a) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 6)
2) While holding the condition of Step 1), turn
lever (8) to the right (clockwise). (Fig. 7)
3) While holding the condition of Steps 1)
and 2), pull out whole body (7) to discon-
nect it. (Fig. 8)
2. Connection
q Hold the tightening portion and push body
(7) straight until sliding prevention ring (6)
contacts contact surface (a) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 9)
30 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
Type 3
1. Disconnection
1) Hold the tightening portion and push body
(9) straight until sliding prevention ring (8)
contacts contact surface (b) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 10)
2) While holding the condition of Step 1),
push cover (10) straight until it contacts
contact surface (b) of the hexagonal por-
tion at the male end. (Fig. 11)
3) While holding the condition of Steps 1)
and 2), pull out whole body (9) to discon-
nect it. (Fig. 12)
2. Connection
q Hold the tightening portion and push body
(9) straight until the sliding prevention ring
contacts contact surface (b) of the hexag-
onal portion at the male end. (Fig. 13)
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
a Fig. A a Fig. B
32 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
5. Table of tightening torques for hoses (taper seal type and face seal type)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the hoses (taper seal type and face seal type) to the
torque below.
a Apply the following torque when the threads are coated (wet) with engine oil.
6. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Bolts and nuts)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric bolts and nuts of the 102, 107 and 114
engine series to the torque below.
Tightening torque
Thread size
Bolts and nuts
mm Nm kgm
6 10 ± 2 1.02 ± 0.20
8 24 ± 4 2.45 ± 0.41
10 43 ± 6 4.38 ± 0.61
12 77 ± 12 7.85 ± 1.22
14 — —
7. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Eye joints)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the metric eye joints of the 102, 107 and 114 engine
series to the torque below.
34 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
8. Table of tightening torques for 102, 107 and 114 engine series (Taper screws)
a Unless there are special instructions, tighten the taper screws (unit: inch) of the 102, 107 and 114
engine series to the torque below.
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
Conversion table 1
Method of using the conversion table
The conversion table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of the
method of using the conversion table, see the example given below.
Example: Method of using the conversion table to convert from millimeters to inches
36 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
Millimeters to inches
1 mm = 0.03937 in
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354
10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929
50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898
Kilogram to pound
1 kg = 2.2046 lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84
10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.53 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03
50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26
50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.361 25.625 25.889 26.153
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777
kgm to ft.lb
1 kgm = 7.233 ft.lb
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1
10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 296.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4
50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1
100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 1005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7
150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4
38 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
kg/cm2 to lb/in2
1 kg/cm2 = 14.2233 lb/in2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0 0 14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0
10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.4 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.1 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9
50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1,010 1,024 1,038 1,053 1,067 1,081 1,095 1,109 1,124
80 1,138 1,152 1,166 1,181 1,195 1,209 1,223 1,237 1,252 1,266
90 1,280 1,294 1,309 1,323 1,337 1,351 1,365 1,380 1,394 1,408
100 1,422 1,437 1,451 1,465 1,479 1,493 1,508 1,522 1,536 1,550
110 1,565 1,579 1,593 1,607 1,621 1,636 1,650 1,664 1,678 1,693
120 1,707 1,721 1,735 1,749 1,764 1,778 1,792 1,806 1,821 1,835
130 1,849 1,863 1,877 1,892 1,906 1,920 1,934 1,949 1,963 1,977
140 1,991 2,005 2,020 2,034 2,048 2,062 2,077 2,091 2,105 2,119
150 2,134 2,148 2,162 2,176 2,190 2,205 2,219 2,233 2,247 2,262
160 2,276 2,290 2,304 2,318 2,333 2,347 2,361 2,375 2,389 2,404
170 2,418 2,432 2,446 2,460 2,475 2,489 2,503 2,518 2,532 2,546
180 2,560 2,574 2,589 2,603 2,617 2,631 2,646 2,660 2,674 2,688
190 2,702 2,717 2,731 2,745 2,759 2,773 2,788 2,802 2,816 2,830
200 2,845 2,859 2,873 2,887 2,901 2,916 2,930 2,944 2,958 2,973
210 2,987 3,001 3,015 3,030 3,044 3,058 3,072 3,086 3,101 3,115
220 3,129 3,143 3,158 3,172 3,186 3,200 3,214 3,229 3,243 3,257
230 3,271 3,286 3,300 3,314 3,328 3,343 3,357 3,371 3,385 3,399
240 3,414 3,428 3,442 3,456 3,470 3,485 3,499 3,513 3,527 3,542
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00094-04 00 Index and foreword
Temperature
Fahrenheit-Centigrade conversion: A simple way to convert a Fahrenheit temperature reading into a Centi-
grade temperature reading or vice versa is to enter the accompanying table in the center (boldface column)
of figures. These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
When convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column to be a table of Fahren-
heit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
When convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column to be a table of Centi-
grade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.
1°C = 33.8°F
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
–40.4 –40 –40.0 –11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 177.8
–37.2 –35 –31.0 –11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
–34.4 –30 –22.0 –10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
–31.7 –25 –13.0 –10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
–28.9 –20 –4.0 –9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0
40 PC200, 220-8
00 Index and foreword SEN00094-04
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00094-04
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
42
SEN00095-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
01 Specification 1
Specification and technical data
Specification dimension drawings ................................................................................................................... 2
Working range diagram................................................................................................................................... 3
Specifications .................................................................................................................................................. 4
Weight table .................................................................................................................................................... 8
Table of fuel, coolant and lubricants.............................................................................................................. 12
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00095-01 01 Specification
2 PC200, 220-8
01 Specification SEN00095-01
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00095-01 01 Specification
Specifications 1
PC200-8, PC200LC-8
Machine model PC200-8 PC200LC-8
Serial number 300001 and up
Bucket capacity m 3
0.8 0.8
Operating weight kg 19,500 20,900
Max. digging depth mm 6,620 6,620
Working range
4 PC200, 220-8
01 Specification SEN00095-01
Nm/rpm
Engine
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00095-01 01 Specification
PC220-8, PC220LC-8
Machine model PC220-8 PC220LC-8
Serial number 70001 and up
Bucket capacity m 3
1.0 1.0
Operating weight kg 22,900 24,330
Max. digging depth mm 6,920 6,920
Working range
bottom
Min. ground clearance mm 440 440
Tail swing radius mm 2,940 2,940
Work equipment min. swing radius mm 3,450 3,450
Top height at min. swing radius of
mm 8,110 8,110
work equipment
Length of track on ground mm 3,460 3,845
Track gauge mm 2,380 2,580
Cab height mm 2,405 2,405
Width of standard shoe mm 600 700
*: Grouser height (26 mm) included.
6 PC200, 220-8
01 Specification SEN00095-01
Nm/rpm
Engine
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00095-01 01 Specification
Weight table 1
k This weight table is prepared for your reference when handling or transporting the components.
PC200-8, PC200LC-8
Unit: kg
Machine model PC200-8 PC200LC-8
Serial number 300001 and up
Engine assembly 733 733
• Engine 575 575
• Damper 6 6
• Hydraulic pump 152 152
Radiator and oil cooler assembly 115 115
Hydraulic tank and filter assembly (Not including hydraulic oil) 123 123
Fuel tank assembly (Not including fuel) 134 134
Revolving frame 1,721 1,721
Cab 480 480
Operator’s seat 35 35
Counterweight 3,735 3,735
Swing machinery 174 174
Control valve 235 235
Swing motor 51.5 51.5
Travel motor 93 x 2 93 x 2
Center swivel joint 36 36
Track frame assembly (Not including piping) 4,264 4,862
• Track frame 2,260 2,649
• Swing circle 273 273
• Idler 101 x 2 101 x 2
• Idler cushion 118 x 2 129 x 2
• Carrier roller 14 x 4 14 x 4
• Track roller 36 x 14 36 x 18
• Final drive (including travel motor) 322 x 2 322 x 2
Track shoe assembly
• Standard triple shoe (600 mm) 1,215 x 2 1,325 x 2
• Standard triple shoe (700 mm) 1,405 x 2 1,530 x 2
• Wide triple shoe (800 mm) 1,530 x 2 1,670 x 2
• Road liner (Rubber pad type) (600 mm) 1,470 x 2 1,600 x 2
8 PC200, 220-8
01 Specification SEN00095-01
Unit: kg
Machine model PC200-8 PC200LC-8
Serial number 300001 and up
Boom assembly 1,393 1,393
Arm assembly 633 633
Bucket assembly 633 633
Boom cylinder assembly 173 x 2 173 x 2
Arm cylinder assembly 223 223
Bucket cylinder assembly 133 133
Link (large) assembly 83 83
Link (small) assembly 22 x 2 22 x 2
Boom pin 42 + 8 x 2 + 28 + 10 + 26 42 + 8 x 2 + 28 + 10 + 26
Arm pin 12 + 8 12 + 8
Bucket pin 20 x 2 20 x 2
Link pin 13 x 2 13 x 2
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00095-01 01 Specification
PC220-8, PC220LC-8
Unit: kg
Machine model PC220-8 PC220LC-8
Serial number 70001 and up
Engine assembly 733 733
• Engine 575 575
• Damper 6 6
• Hydraulic pump 152 152
Radiator and oil cooler assembly 115 115
Hydraulic tank and filter assembly (Not including hydraulic
123 123
oil)
Fuel tank assembly (Not including fuel) 134 134
Revolving frame 2,023 2,023
Cab 480 480
Operator’s seat 35 35
Counterweight 5,056 5,056
Swing machinery 218 218
Control valve 235 235
Swing motor 51.5 51.5
Travel motor 93 x 2 93 x 2
Center swivel joint 36 36
Track frame assembly (Not including piping) 4,785 5,411
• Track frame 2,573 3,060
• Swing circle 293 293
• Idler 101 x 2 101 x 2
• Idler cushion 129 x 2 129 x 2
• Carrier roller 14 x 4 14 x 4
• Track roller 36 x 16 36 x 20
• Final drive (including travel motor) 362 x 2 362 x 2
Track shoe assembly
• Standard triple shoe (600 mm) 1,340 x 2 1,455 x 2
• Standard triple shoe (700 mm) 1,470 x 2 1,595 x 2
• Wide triple shoe (800 mm) 1,600 x 2 1,735 x 2
• Road liner (Rubber pad type) (600 mm) 1,535 x 2 —
10 PC200, 220-8
01 Specification SEN00095-01
Unit: kg
Machine model PC220-8 PC220LC-8
Serial number 70001 and up
Boom assembly 1,815 1,815
Arm assembly 815 815
Bucket assembly 722 722
Boom cylinder assembly 200 x 2 200 x 2
Arm cylinder assembly 265 265
Bucket cylinder assembly 160 160
Link (large) assembly 78 78
Link (small) assembly 22 x 2 22 x 2
Boom pin 51 + 10 x 2 + 31 + 10 + 26 51 + 10 x 2 + 31 + 10 + 26
Arm pin 12 + 10 12 + 10
Bucket pin 20 x 2 20 x 2
Link pin 17 x 2 17 x 2
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00095-01 01 Specification
12 PC200, 220-8
01 Specification SEN00095-01
Unit: l
PC200(LC)-8, PC220(LC)-8
Refilling points
Specified capacity Refill capacity
Engine oil pan 25.4 23.1
*1 7.1 7.1
Swing machinery case
*2 8.2 8.2
*1 3.5 3.3
Final drive case (both sides)
*2 5.4 5.2
Damper case 0.65 0.65
*1 232 135
Hydraulic oil system
*2 239 135
Fuel tank 400 —
*1 21.0 21.0
Cooling system
*2 20.4 20.4
*1. PC200(LC)-8
*2. PC220(LC)-8
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00095-01
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 05-07 (01)
14
SEN00096-00
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00096-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00096-00
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00096-00
© 2005 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 09-05 (01)
4
SEN00097-00
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00097-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Power train 1
Power train 1
1. Idler
2. Center swivel joint
3. Control valve
4. Final drive
5. Travel motor (HMV110ADT-2)
6. Hydraulic pump (HPV95 + 95)
7. Engine (SAA6D107E-1)
8. Travel speed solenoid valve
9. Swing brake solenoid valve
10. Swing motor (KMF125ABE-6)
11. Swing machinery
12. Swing circle
2 PC200, 220-8
SEN00097-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Final drive 1
4 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00097-00
1. Level plug
2. No. 1 planetary gear (No. of teeth: 42)
3. Drain plug
4. No. 1 sun gear (No. of teeth: 10)
5. No. 2 sun gear (No. of teeth: 21)
6. No. 1 planetary carrier
7. Cover
8. No. 2 planetary carrier
9. Gear hub (No. of teeth: 95)
10. Sprocket
11. Floating seal
12. Travel motor
13. No. 2 planetary gear (No. of teeth: 36)
Specifications
Reduction ratio: – ((10 + 95)/10) x ((21 + 95)/21) + 1 = –57.000
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Backlash between No. 2 sun Standard clearance Clearance limit
14
gear and No.2 planetary gear 0.13 – 0.47 1.00
Backlash between No. 1 plane-
15 0.17 – 0.57 1.10
tary gear and gear hub
Backlash between No. 2 plane-
16 0.06 – 0.25 —
tary carrier and motor
Replace
Backlash between No. 1 sun
17 0.14 – 0.46 1.00
gear and No.1 planetary gear
Backlash between No. 2 plane-
18 0.16 – 0.56 1.10
tary gear and gear hub
Backlash between No. 1 plane-
19 0.38 – 0.66 1.00
tary carrier and No. 2 sun gear
Amount of wear on sprocket
20 Repair limit: 6
tooth Build-up welding
Standard size Repair limit or replace
21 Width of sprocket tooth
71 68
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00097-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Swing machinery 1
PC200-8, PC200LC-8
6 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00097-00
1. Drain plug
2. Swing pinion (No. of teeth: 13)
3. No. 2 planetary carrier
4. No. 2 planetary gear
5. No. 2 sun gear
6. No. 1 planetary carrier
7. No. 1 planetary gear
8. No. 1 sun gear
9. Swing motor
10. Oil level gauge
11. Ring gear
12. Case
Specifications
Reduction ratio: ((17 + 58)/17) x ((18 + 58)/18) = 18.627
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Backlash between swing motor Standard clearance Clearance limit
13
shaft and No. 1 sun gear 0.18 – 0.28 —
Backlash between No. 1 sun
14 0.16 – 0.50 1.00
gear and No.1 planetary gear
Backlash between No. 1 plane-
15 0.18 – 0.59 1.10
tary gear and ring gear
Backlash between No. 1 plane-
16 0.39 – 0.71 1.20
tary carrier and No. 2 sun gear
Backlash between No. 2 sun
17 0.16 – 0.50 0.90
gear and No.2 planetary gear
Replace
Backlash between No. 2 plane-
18 0.18 – 0.59 1.00
tary gear and ring gear
Backlash between No. 2 plane-
19 0.07 – 0.23 —
tary carrier and swing pinion
Backlash between swing pinion
20 0.22 – 1.32 2.00
and swing circle
Clearance between plate and
21 0.66 – 1.14 —
No. 2 planetary carrier
Clearance between No. 2 sun
22 1.66 – 2.94 —
gear and plate
Standard size Repair limit Apply hard
Wear of swing pinion surface
23 chrome plating or
contacting with oil seal ø125 (0/ – 0.100) — replace
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00097-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
PC220-8, PC220LC-8
8 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00097-00
1. Drain plug
2. Swing pinion (No. of teeth: 13)
3. No. 2 planetary gear
4. No. 2 sun gear
5. No. 2 planetary carrier
6. No. 1 planetary carrier
7. No. 1 planetary gear
8. No. 1 sun gear
9. Swing motor
10. Oil level gauge
11. Ring gear
12. Case
Specifications
Reduction ratio: ((17 + 58)/17) x ((14 + 58)/14) = 22.689
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Backlash between swing motor Standard clearance Clearance limit
13
shaft and No. 1 sun gear 0.18 – 0.28 —
Backlash between No. 1 sun
14 0.16 – 0.50 1.00
gear and No.1 planetary gear
Backlash between No. 1 plane-
15 0.18 – 0.59 1.10
tary gear and ring gear
Backlash between No. 1 plane-
16 0.35 – 0.64 1.20
tary carrier and No. 2 sun gear
Backlash between No. 2 sun
17 0.12 – 0.44 0.90
gear and No.2 planetary gear
Replace
Backlash between No. 2 plane-
18 0.16 – 0.56 1.00
tary gear and ring gear
Backlash between No. 2 plane-
19 0.08 – 0.23 —
tary carrier and swing pinion
Backlash between swing pinion
20 0.23 – 1.37 2.00
and swing circle
Clearance between plate and
21 0.58 – 1.62 —
No. 2 planetary carrier
Clearance between No. 2 sun
22 2.56 – 3.84 —
gear and plate
Standard size Repair limit Apply hard
Wear of swing pinion surface
23 chrome plating or
contacting with oil seal 125(0/ – 0.100) — replace
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00097-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Swing circle 1
PC200-8, PC200LC-8
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Axial clearance of bearing Standard clearance Clearance limit
4 Replace
(when mounted on chassis) 0.5 – 1.6 3.2
10 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00097-00
PC220-8, PC220LC-8
Unit: mm
No. Check Item Criteria Remedy
Axial clearance of bearing Standard clearance Clearance limit
4 Replace
(when mounted on chassis) 0.5 – 1.6 3.2
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00097-00
© 2005 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 09-05 (01)
12
SEN00098-00
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00098-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00098-00
Standard shoe
Models
PC200-8 PC220-8 PC200LC-8 PC220LC-8
Item
Shoe width (mm) 600 600 700 700
Link pitch (mm) 190 190 190 190
Q'ty (One side) 45 47 49 51
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Tolerance Repair limit
Vertical width of
9 Track frame 107 — —
idler guide Build-up welding
Idler support 105 — —
or replace
Horizontal width Track frame 250 — —
10
of idler guide Idler support 247.4 — —
Standard size Repair limit
Free length
Installation Installation Installation
x Outside Free length
length load load
diameter
11 Recoil spring 109.3 kN 87.4 kN Replace
PC200-8 558 x 238 417 531.4
{11,150 kg} {8,920 kg}
PC200LC-8
126.5 kN 101 kN
PC220-8 561.4 x 237 433 534
{12,900 kg} {10,300 kg}
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00098-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Idler 1
4 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00098-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Outside diameter of protrusion
538 —
2 Outside diameter of tread 500 488
Build-up welding
3 Thickness of tread 26 20
or replace
4 Difference of tread 19 25
5 Total width 159 —
6 Width of tread 37.5 —
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
7
bushing –0.250 +0.164 0.176 –
65 —
–0.350 –0.074 0.514
Tolerance Standard
Standard Interfer-
interfer- Replace bushing
Interference between idler and size Shaft Hole ence limit
8 ence
bushing
+0.108 –0.032 0.040 –
72 —
+0.008 –0.062 0.170
Clearance between bushing Standard clearance Clearance limit
9 and support (Sum of clearance
at both sides) 0.5 – 1.0 —
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00098-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Carrier roller 1
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Outside diameter of flange
145 —
2 Outside diameter of tread 120 106
3 Width of tread 43 —
4 Thickness of tread 23 16
5 Width of flange 14 —
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
6 Replace
bushing –0.170 +0.301 0.338 –
40 —
–0.190 +0.168 0.491
Tolerance Standard
Standard Interfer-
interfer-
Interference between roller and size Shaft Hole ence limit
7 ence
bushing
+0.061 –0.000 0.016 –
47 —
+0.016 –0.040 0.101
Standard clearance Clearance limit
8 Axial clearance of roller
0.44 – 0.76 —
6 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00098-00
Track roller 1
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Outside diameter of flange
188 —
2 Outside diameter of tread 156 144
Build-up welding
3 Thickness of tread 44.5 38.5
or replace
4 Total width 225 —
5 Width of tread 44.5 —
6 Width of flange 25.5 —
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft and size Shaft Hole clearance limit
7
bushing –0.215 +0.195 0.215 –
60 —
–0.315 –0.000 0.510
Tolerance Standard Replace bushing
Standard Interfer-
interfer-
Interference between roller and size Shaft Hole ence limit
8 ence
bushing
+0.153 +0.030 0.023 –
67 —
+0.053 –0.000 0.153
Clearance between bushing Standard clearance Clearance limit
9 and collar (Sum of clearance at Replace
both sides) 0.5 – 1.0 —
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00098-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Track shoe 1
8 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00098-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Link pitch
190.3 193.3
Reverse or
Standard size Reverse
2 Outside diameter of bushing replace
59.3 54.3
3 Thickness of bushing metal 10.4 5.4
Standard size Repair limit
4 Link height
105 97
Repair or replace
Thickness of link metal
5 28.5 20.5
(bushing press-fitting portion)
6 160.4
7 Shoe bolt pitch 124.4
8 62
Inside
9 84.8
width
Link Overall
10 45.4
width
11 Tread width 39.6
Regular 2.5 Adjust or replace
12 Protrusion of pin
Master 2.5
Protrusion of bush- Regular 4.85
13
ing Master 0.0
Overall length of Regular 212
14
pin Master 212
Overall length of Regular 138.5
15
bushing Master 128.7
16 Thickness of spacer —
17 Bushing 88.2 – 245 kN{9 – 25 ton}
18 Regular pin 127.4 – 274.4 kN{13 – 28 ton}
Press-fitting force —
19
Master pin 78.4 – 147 kN{8 – 15 ton}
(*)
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00098-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Tightening torque (Nm {kgm}) Retightening angle (deg.)
Triple grouser 490 ± 49
a. Regular 120 ± 10
shoe {50 ± 5}
link
Road liner (Rub- 549 ± 59
Shoe bolt — Retighten
ber pad type) {56 ± 6}
20
Tightening torque Retightening angle Lower limit torque
b. Master (Nm {kgm}) (deg.) (Nm {kgm})
link
— — —
PC200-8: 45 PC200LC-8: 49
No. of shoes (each side) —
PC220-8: 47 PC220LC-8: 51
Tolerance Standard interfer-
Standard size
Interference between bushing Shaft Hole ence
21
and link +0.434 +0.074
59 0.320 – 0.434
+0.394 –0.000
Interference between regular +0.222 –0.138
22 38 0.300 – 0.422
pin and link +0.162 –0.200
Tolerance Standard clear-
Standard size
Clearance between regular pin Shaft Hole ance
23
and bushing +0.222 +0.902
38 0.180 – 0.740 Adjust or replace
+0.162 +0.402
Tolerance Standard interfer-
Standard size
24 Interference between master Shaft Hole ence
(*) pin and link +0.280 +0.062
37.8 0.188 – 0.280
+0.250 –0.000
Tolerance Standard clear-
Standard size
25 Clearance between master pin Shaft Hole ance
(*) and bushing –0.150 +0.902
38 0.552 – 1.252
–0.350 +0.402
10 PC200, 220-8
SEN00098-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Swamp shoe
Road liner
12 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00098-00
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Height
26 16
10
2 Thickness
(*) 8.5
3 Length of base 26
4 Length of base 19
5 Length at tip 20 Build-up welding
6 Length at tip 14 or replace
7 Length at tip 19
Standard size Repair limit
8 Thickness 36 26
(*) 34.5 24.5
9 Height 102.5 90.5
10 Thickness 17 5
11 Height 70 Replace
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00098-00
© 2005 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 09-05 (01)
14
SEN00099-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Bucket cylinder
2. Arm cylinder
3. Boom cylinder
4. Hydraulic tank
5. Hydraulic oil filter
6. R.H. travel motor
7. Swing motor
8. Hydraulic pump
9. Control valve
10. Oil cooler
11. L.H. travel motor
12. Multi pattern selector valve
13. Left PPC valve
14. Lock lever
15. Center swivel joint
16. Right PPC valve
17. Travel PPC valve
18. Attachment PPC valve
19. Hydraulic drift prevention valve
20. Accumulator
21. Solenoid valve assembly
21A. PPC lock solenoid valve
21B. 2-stage relief solenoid valve
21C. Swing brake solenoid valve
21D. Travel speed solenoid valve
21E. Travel junction solenoid valve
21F. ATT selector solenoid valve
2 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Hydraulic pump 1
Type: HPV95+95
6 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
Outline
q This pump consists of 2 variable capacity
swash plate piston pumps, PC valve, LS valve,
and EPC valve.
1. Front pump
2. Rear pump
3. LS valve
4. PC valve
5. LS-EPC valve
6. PC-EPC valve
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Front shaft
2. Cradle
3. Front case
4. Rocker cam
5. Shoe
6. Piston
7. Cylinder block
8. Valve plate
9. End cap
10. Rear shaft
11. Rear case
12. Servo piston
13. PC valve
8 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation of pump
q Cylinder block (7) rotates together with shaft q As center line (X) of rocker cam (4) matches
(1), and shoe (5) slides on flat surface (A). the axial direction of cylinder block (7) (swash
q When this happens, rocker cam (4) moves plate angle (a) = 0), the difference between
along cylindrical surface (B), so angle (a) volumes (E) and (F) inside cylinder block (7)
between center line (X) of rocker cam (4) and becomes 0.
th e axia l d ir ection of cylinde r bloc k ( 7) q Suction and discharge of pressurized oil is not
changes. carried out in this state. Namely pumping
q (a) is named the swash plate angle. action is not performed. (Actually, however, the
swash plate angle is not set to 0)
10 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
Control of delivery
q If the swash plate angle (a) becomes larger,
the difference between volumes (E) and (F)
becomes larger and pump delivery (Q)
increases.
q Servo piston (12) is used for changing swash
plate angle (a).
q Servo piston (12) carries out linear reciprocal
movement according to the signal pressure
from the PC and LS valves.
q This linear movement is transmitted to rocker
cam (4) through slider (13).
q Being supported by cradle (2) on the cylindrical
surface, rocker cam (4) slides on the surface
while continuing revolving movement.
q Space of the pressure receiving area of servo
piston (12) are not identical on the left side and
right side. Main pump discharge pressure (self
pressure) (PP) is always brought to the pres-
sure chamber of the small diameter piston
side.
q Output pressure (PEN) of the LS valve is
brought to the chamber receiving the pressure
at the large diameter piston end.
q The relationship in the size of pressure (PP) at
the small diameter piston end and pressure
(PEN) at the large diameter piston end, and
the ratio between the area receiving the pres-
sure of the small diameter piston and the large
diameter piston controls the movement of
servo piston (12).
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. LS valve
Function
q The LS (load sensing) valve detects the load
and controls the discharge amount.
q This valve controls main pump delivery (Q)
according to differential pressure (dPLS)[= PP
— PLS], called the LS differential pressure (the
difference between main pump pressure PP
and control valve outlet port pressure PLS).
q Main pump pressure (PP), pressure (PLS)
(called the LS pressure) coming from the con-
trol valve output, and pressure (PSIG) (called
the LS selector pressure) from the proportional
solenoid valve enter this valve.
q The relationship between the LS differential
pressure between the main pump pressure
(PP) and LS pressure (PLS) (dPLS) [= (PP) —
(PLS)] and the pump delivery (Q) changes as
shown in the diagram according to LS selector
current (ISIG) of the LS-EPC valve.
q If (ISIG) changes from 0 to 1A, setting force
the spring changes, too. As the result, the
specified median of the pump delivery volume
switching point changes as shown in the dia-
gram. It will change in the range of 0.27 to 1.7
MPa {2.78 to 17.75 kg/cm2}.
12 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
Operation
q The LS valve is a 3-way selector valve, with q Spool (6) is pushed to the right, and port (C)
pressure (PLS) (LS pressure) from the outlet and port (D) will be connected.
port of the control valve brought to spring q Pump pressure (PP) is conducted to the larger
chamber (B), and main pump discharge pres- diameter end from the port (K).
sure (PP) brought to port (H) of sleeve (8). q The same pump pressure (PP) is conducted to
q Magnitude of the force resulting from this LS the smaller diameter end from the port (J).
pressure (PLS), force of spring (4) and the q According to the difference in the areas on
pump delivery pressure (self pressure) (PP) servo piston (12), the pressure moves in such
determine the position of spool (6). that the swash plate angle may be minimized.
q However, magnitude of the output pressure
(PSIG) (called the LS selector pressure) of the
EPC valve for the LS valve entering port (G)
also changes the position of spool (6). (Setting
force of the spring is changed)
q Before the engine is started, servo piston (12)
is pushed to the left. (See the figure)
q If the control lever is at the neutral position
when the engine is started, LS pressure (PLS)
will be set to 0 MPa {0 kg/cm2}. (It is intercon-
nected to the drain circuit through the control
valve spool)
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q When the difference between the main pump q If the output pressure of the EPC valve for the
pressure (PP) and LS pressure (PLS), in other LS valve enters port (G), rightward force is
w o r d s , L S d i ffe r e n t i a l p r e s s u r e (dP L S) generated on piston (7).
becomes smaller (for example, when the area q If piston (7) is pushed to the right, setting force
of opening of the control valve becomes larger of spring (4) is weakened, changing the LS dif-
and pump pressure PP drops), spool (6) is ferential pressure (dPLS) [Difference between
pushed to the left by the combined force of LS oil pressures (PLS) and (PP)] when ports (D)
pressure (PLS) and the force of spring (4). and (E) of spool (6) are connected.
q When spool (6) moves, port (D) and port (E)
are interconnected and connected to the PC
valve.
q The PC valve is connected to the drain port, so
the pressure across circuits (D) and (K)
becomes drain pressure (PT). (The operation
of the PC valve is explained later.)
q The pressure at the large diameter end of
servo piston (12) becomes drain pressure
(PT), and pump pressure (PP) enters port (J)
at the small diameter end, so servo piston (12)
is pushed to the left side. Therefore, the swash
plate is moved in the direction to make the dis-
charge amount larger.
14 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q Let us take the area receiving the pressure at q Force of spring (4) is adjusted in such that the
the large diameter end of the piston as (A1), position of the balanced stop of this spool (6)
the area receiving the pressure at the small may be determined when (PP) — (PLS) = 1.7
diameter end as (A0), and the pressure flowing MPa{17.75 kg/cm2} at the median of the speci-
into the large diameter end of the piston as fied value.
(PEN). q If (PSIG) [Output pressure of LS-EPC valve, 0
q If the main pump pressure (PP) of the LS valve to 2.9 MPa {0 to 30 kg/cm2}] is input to port (G),
and the combined force of spring (4) and LS the position of the balanced stop is changed in
pressure (PLS) are balanced, and the relation- the range of (PP) — (PLS) = 1.7 to 0.27 MPa
ship is (A0) x (PP) = (A1) x (PEN), servo piston {17.75 to 2.78 kg/cm2} in proportion to (PSIG)
(12) will stop in that position. pressure.
q The swash plate of the pump will be held at the
intermediate position. [Spool (6) will be
stopped at a position where the distance of the
opening from port (D) to port (E) and the dis-
tance from port (C) to port (D) is almost the
same.]
q At this point, the relationship between the pres-
sure receiving areas across servo piston (12)
is (A0) : (A1) = 3 : 5, so the pressure applied
across the piston when it is balanced becomes
(PP) : (PEN) C 5 : 3.
16 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
2. PC valve
Function
q When the pump discharge pressure (PP1) q If the engine speed goes below the specified
(self-pressure) and (PP2) (other pump pres- value because of increased load, the controller
sure) are high, the PC valve controls the pump sends a command current to PC-EPC valve
so that the volume of oil beyond the discharge solenoid in order to reduce the slope angle in
pressure-based specific flowrate may not be proportion to reduction in the engine speed.
conducted however you may increase the con-
trol valve stroke. Namely it is intended at con-
trolling the horse power for the pumps so that it
may not exceed the engine hose power.
q If the pump discharge pressure increases due
to increased load during operation, this valve
decreases the pump delivery.
q And if the pump delivery pressure goes low, it
increases the pump delivery.
q In this case, relation between the mean dis-
charge pressure of the front and rear pumps
[(PP1) + (PP2)]/2 and the pump delivery (Q)
will becomes as shown in the diagram if the
relation is represented as the parameter the
current value (X) to be given to PC-EPC valve
solenoid.
q The controller continues counting the actual
engine speed.
q If the engine speed is slowed down due to
increased load, the controller reduces the
pump delivery to recover the speed.
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation
(1) When the load on the actuator is small and pump discharge pressures (PP1) and (PP2) are low
18 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
Action of spring
q Load of springs (4) and (6) on the PC valve is q Self pressure (PP1) enters port (B) and the
determined by the swash plate position. small diameter end of servo piston (9), and
q As servo piston (9) moves to right, spring (6) is other pump pressure (PP2) enters port (A).
retracted. q When pump pressures (PP1) and (PP2) are
q If the servo piston moves further, it will be con- small, spool (3) will be positioned in the left
tacted again seat (5) and spring (6) will be side.
fixed. q Port (C) and (D) are connected, and the pres-
q After that, spring (4) alone will operate. sure entering the LS valve becomes drain
q The spring load is changed by servo piston (9) pressure (PT).
as it extends or compresses springs (4) and q If port (E) and port (G) of the LS valve are con-
(6). nected, the pressure entering the large diame-
The spring load changes as the servo piston ter end of the piston from port (J) becomes
(9) extends and contracts the springs (4) and drain pressure (PT), and servo piston (9)
(6). moves to the left side.
q If the command current (X) to PC-EPC valve q The pump delivery will be set to the increasing
solenoid (1) changes, so does the force push- trend.
ing piston (2). q Accompanied with move of servo piston (9),
q Spring load of springs (4) and (6) is also springs (4) and (6) will be expanded and the
affected by the command current (X) to PC- spring force becomes weaker.
EPC valve solenoid.
q Port (C) of the PC valve is connected to port
(E) of the LS valve.
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
20 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
(2) When load on actuator is large and pump discharge pressure is high
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
2) As the emergency pump drive switch is turned on due to failure on the pump
controller
q If there is a failure in the pump controller, the q Since the pressure on the small diameter end
emergency pump drive switch is turned on to of the piston large, servo piston (9) moves in
hand the control to the resistor side. the direction to make the discharge amount
q In this case, the power is directly supplied from larger.
the battery. The current, however, is too large
as is, so the resistor is set in between to con-
trol the current flowing to PC-EPC valve sole-
noid (1).
q The current becomes constant, so the force
pushing piston (2) is also constant.
q If the main pump pressures (PP1) and (PP2)
are low, the combined force of the pump pres-
sure and the PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) is
weaker than the spring set force, so spool (3)
is balanced at a position to the left.
q The port (C) is connected to the drain pressure
of the port (D), and the large diameter end of
the servo piston (9) also becomes the drain
pressure (PT) through the LS valve.
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
q If the emergency pump drive switch is turned q The curve resulting when the emergency pump
on in the same way as in above, the command drive switch is ON is situated further to the left
current (X) sent to PC-EPC valve solenoid (1) (B) than when the pump controller is normal
becomes constant. (A).
q For this reason, the force of piston (2) pushing
spool (3) is constant.
q If main pump pressures (PP1) and (PP2)
increase, spool (3) moves further to the right
than when the main pump load is light, and is
balanced at the position in the figure above.
q In this case, the pressure from port (B) flows to
port (C), so servo piston (9) moves to the right
(smaller pump delivery) and stops at a position
to the further to the right then when the load on
the pump is light.
q When the emergency pump drive switch is
turned on, too, the pump pressure (PP) and
pump delivery (Q) have a relationship as
shown with the curve in the figure correspond-
ing to the current sent to the PC-EPC valve
solenoid through the resistor.
24 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
3. LS (PC)-EPC valve
C : To LS (PC) valve
P : From self pressure reducing valve
T : To tank
1. Connector
2. Coil
3. Body
4. Spring
5. Spool
6. Rod
7. Plunger
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function Operation
q The EPC valve consists of the proportional
solenoid portion and the hydraulic valve por- 1) When signal current is 0 (coil is de-
tion. energized)
q When it receives signal current (i) from the q When there is no signal current flowing from
controller, it generates the EPC output pres- the controller to coil (2), coil (2) is de-ener-
sure in proportion to the size of the signal, and gized.
outputs it to the LS (PC) valve. q Spool (5) is pushed to the left by spring (4).
q Port (P) closes and the pressurized oil from the
self pressure reducing valve does not flow to
the LS (PC) valve.
q The pressurized oil from the LS (PC) valve is
drained to the tank through port (C) and port
(T).
26 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00099-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Filter Specifications
2. Case Rated pressure : 6.57 MPa {67 kg/cm2}
3. Head cover Flow rate : 16 l/min.
4. Relief valve Relief valve cracking pressure
: 0.15 MPa {1.5 kg/cm2}
Filter mesh size : 6 mm
Filtering area : 450 cm2
28 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00099-01
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00099-01
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (01)
30
SEN00100-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
A1: To bucket cylinder head P7: From swing PPC and EPC valves
A2: To L.H. travel motor P8: From swing PPC and EPC valves
A3: To boom cylinder bottom P9: From R.H. Travel PPC valve
A4: To swing motor P10: From R.H. Travel PPC valve
A5: To R.H. travel motor P11: From arm PPC and EPC valves
A6: To arm cylinder head P12: From arm PPC and EPC valves
A-1: To attachment 1 P-1: From service 1 and PPC valves
A-2: To attachment 2 P-2: From service 1 and PPC valves
A-3: To attachment 3 P-3: From service 2 and PPC valves
ATT: From attachment P-4: From service 2 and PPC valves
B1: To bucket cylinder bottom P-5: From service 3 and PPC valves
B2: To L.H. travel motor P-6: From service 3 and PPC valves
B3: To boom cylinder head PLS1: To rear pump control
B4: To swing motor PLS2: To front pump control
B5: To R.H. travel motor PLSC: LS pressure detection port
B6: To arm cylinder bottom PP1: From front pump
B-1: To attachment 1 PP2: From rear pump
B-2: To attachment 2 PP2S: Pressure sensor mounting port
B-3: To attachment 3 PPC: Pilot basic pressure detection port
BP1: From LS select solenoid valve PPS1: Pressure sensor mounting port
BP5: From attachment selector solenoid valve PPS2: To front pump control
C: To tank PR: To solenoid valve, PPC valve, and EPC valve
IS1: From controller PST: From travel junction valve solenoid valve
IS2: From controller PX1: From 2-stage relief solenoid valve
P1: From bucket PPC and EPC valves PX2: From 2-stage relief solenoid valve
P2: From bucket PPC and EPC valves T: To tank
P3: From L.H. Travel PPC valve T1: To tank
P4: From L.H. Travel PPC valve TS: To tank
P5: From boom PPC and EPC valves TSW: To swing motor S-port (suction side)
P6: From boom PPC and EPC valves
2 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
General view
PC200-8
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
PC220-8
4 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sectional view
(1/5)
6 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length x
Installed Installation Installation
Outside diame- Free length
28 Spool return spring length load load
ter
407 N 326 N
55.2 x 34.4 51.2 — If damaged or
{41.5 kg} {33.2 kg}
deformed,
393 N 315 N replace spring.
29 Spool return spring 54.5 x 34.8 51.2 —
{40.1 kg} {32.1 kg}
375 N 300 N
30 Spool return spring 54.4 x 34.8 51.2 —
{38.2 kg} {30.6 kg}
421 N 336 N
31 Spool return spring 54.6 x 34.8 51.2 —
{42.9 kg} {34.3 kg}
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(2/5)
8 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length x
Installed Installation Installation
Outside diame- Free length
26 Suction valve spring length load load If damaged or
ter
deformed,
5.5 N 4.4 N replace spring.
46.8 x 7.5 40.6 —
{0.56 kg} {0.45 kg}
1.5 N 1.2 N
27 Check valve spring 11.5 x 4.6 8.5 —
{0.15 kg} {0.12 kg}
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(3/5)
10 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
1. Unload valve
2. Safety valve (Boom RAISE)
3. Main relief valve
4. Lift check valve
Arm valve
5. Arm check valve
6. LS shuttle valve
7. Quick return valve
8. Pressure compensation valve (IN)
9. Spool
10. Safety-suction valve (IN)
11. Back pressure valve
12. Regeneration circuit check valve
13. Suction valve (OUT)
14. Pressure compensation valve (OUT)
Swing valve
21. LS select valve
22. Pressure compensation valve (L.H.)
23. Spool
24. Pressure compensation valve (R.H.)
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length x
Installed Installation Installation
Outside diame- Free length
25 Check valve return spring length load load
ter
14.7 N 11.8 N
59.3 x 14.4 43 —
{1.5 kg} {1.2 kg}
13.7 N 11 N
26 Check valve spring 33.8 x 6 29 — If damaged or
{1.4 kg} {1.12 kg}
deformed,
170 N 135 N replace spring.
27 Piston return spring 60.2 x 20 36 —
{17.3 kg} {13.8 kg}
5.9 N 4.71 N
28 Check valve spring 31.5 x 10.3 19.5 —
{0.6 kg} {0.48 kg}
157 N 126 N
29 Piston return spring 88.2 x 28.4 65 —
{16 kg} {12.8 kg}
36.1 N 28.8 N
30 Piston return spring 18.0 x 9.3 13.4 —
{3.68 kg} {2.94 kg}
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(4/5)
12 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
Free length x
Installed Installation Installation
Outside diame- Free length
29 Spool return spring length load load
ter
121 N 96.5 N
36.4 x 21.8 33.0 —
{12.3 kg} {9.84 kg}
250 N 200 N
30 Check valve spring 70.9 x 18.0 56.0 —
{25.5 kg} {20.4 kg}
If damaged or
178 N 142 N
31 Spool return spring 64.5 x 32.3 63.0 — deformed,
{18.1 kg} {14.5 kg}
replace spring.
35.3 N 28.2 N
32 Check valve spring 33.0 x 12.0 26.0 —
{3.6 kg} {2.88 kg}
13.7 N 11.0 N
33 Check valve spring 33.8 x 6.0 29.0 —
{1.4 kg} {1.12 kg}
5.9 N 4.71 N
34 Piston return spring 31.5 x 10.3 19.5 —
{0.6 kg} {0.48 kg}
50.0 N 40.0 N
35 Piston return spring 30.7 x 20.5 23 —
{5.1 kg} {4.08 kg}
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
(5/5)
14 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
CLSS 1
Outline of CLSS 1
Features Configuration
CLSS stands for Closed center Load Sensing Sys- q CLSS is configured with variable capacity pis-
tem, which has the following characteristics: ton pumps, control valves, and respective
actuators.
q Fine control not influenced by load q The hydraulic pump is configured with pump
q Controllability enabling digging even with fine body, PC valve and LS valve.
control
q Ease of compound operation ensured by flow
divider function using area of opening of spool
during compound operations
q Energy saving using variable pump control
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Basic principle 1
1. Pump swash plate angle control
q The pump swash plate angle (pump delivery) q The pump swash plate angle shifts toward the
is controlled so that LS differential pressure maximum position if LS differential pressure
(dPLS) (the difference between pump pressure (dPLS) is lower than the set pressure of the LS
PP and control valve outlet port LS pressure valve (when the actuator load pressure is
PLS) (load pressure of actuator) is constant. high).
q [LS differential pressure (dPLS) = Pump dis- q If it becomes higher than the set pressure
charge pressure (PP) — LS pressure (PLS)] (when the actuator load pressure is low), the
pump swash plate angle shifts toward the mini-
mum position.
16 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3. System diagram
18 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
20 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Unload valve
1. When the unload valve is actuating
Function Operation
q Drains an oil discharge for the portion of the q Pressure of pump circuit (3) is received by the
minimum pump swash plate angle while all end of valve (2).
control valves are in the holding. q Since the control valve is in neutral position,
q The pump pressure will correspond to a set pressure of LS circuit (1) is 0 MPa{0 kg/cm2}.
load of spring (5) inside the valve (this pres- q Pressurized oil of pump circuit (3) stops at
sure will be P1). valve (2), and the pressure rises as no relief is
q Since LS pressure is drained from the LS available.
bypass valve, LS pressure C tank pressure C 0 q When this pressure becomes larger than the
MPa{0 kg/cm2}. force of spring (5), valve (2) moves to the left.
q Ports (b) and (c) are interconnected and the
pump pressure flows to tank circuit (4).
q The pressurized oil of LS circuit (1) passes
from orifice (a) through port (c) and is drained
to the tank circuit (4).
q When actuated, LS pressure C tank pressure.
q Since the pump discharge pressure - LS circuit
pressure during unloading is larger than the
pump LS control pressure, the signal is output
to minimize the pump swash plate angle.
22 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Introduction of LS pressure 1
1. Hydraulic pump
2. Main spool
3. Pressure compensation valve
4. Valve
5. Check valve
6. LS circuit
7. LS shuttle valve
Function
q Introduces the upstream pressure (down-
stream pressure of the spool meter-in) of pres-
sure compensation valve (3) and leads to LS
shuttle valve (7) as the LS pressure.
q Connected to actuator port (B) through valve
(4), and makes LS pressure C actuator load
pressure.
q Inlet pore (a) inside main spool (2) has a small
diameter concurrently serving as a throttle.
Operation
q When main spool (2) is operated, the pump
pressure enters port (c) through inlet pore (a)
and is led to the LS circuit.
q When the pump pressure rises to reach the
load pressure of port (B), check valve (5)
opens.
24 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
LS bypass valve 1
1. Hydraulic pump
2. Main spool
3. Pressure compensation valve
4. LS shuttle valve
5. LS bypass valve
6. LS circuit
Function
q Releases the residual pressure in LS pressure
circuit (6) from orifices (a) and (b).
q Slows down the rising rate of LS pressure to
prevent a sudden change of hydraulic pres-
sure.
q Bypass flow from LS bypass valve (5) causes
a pressure loss to be generated due to the cir-
cuit resistance between throttle (c) of main
spool (2) and LS shuttle valve (4).
q Effective LS differential pressure drops to
improve a dynamic stability of the actuator.
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
26 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
2. When compensated
(If the load pressure is lower than other work equipment during a combined operation)
Function
q The pressure compensation valve closes
under LS pressure of port (D), and the spool
meter-in downstream pressure of port (B)
becomes equivalent to the maximum pressure
of other work equipment.
q Since the spool meter-in upstream pressure of
port (A) is the pump pressure, the spool meter-
in differential pressure [upstream pressure port
(A) pressure]–downstream pressure [port (B)
pressure] becomes equivalent to all the spools
in operation.
q Pump flow is divided according to the ratio of
the meter-in opening area.
Operation
q Spring chamber (E) is interconnected to port
(D).
q Piston (4) and valve (2) operate in the closing
direction (to the right) under the LS circuit pres-
sure from other work equipment of port (F).
q Valve upstream pressure (= spool meter-in
downstream pressure) of port (B) is controlled
with LS pressure.
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q The state of division changes according to the
area ratio of pressure compensation portion
(A1) and (A2). Area ratio = (A2)/(A1)
q If area ratio = 1:
The spool meter-in downstream pressure will
be equal to the maximum load pressure, and
the pressure will be divided according to the
opening area ratio.
q If area ratio = 1 or over:
The spool meter-in downstream pressure will
be greater than the maximum load pressure,
and the pressure will be divided smaller than
the opening area ratio.
q If area ratio = 1 or under:
The spool meter-in downstream pressure will
be smaller than the maximum load pressure,
and the pressure will be divided greater than
the opening area ratio.
28 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
1. Hydraulic pump
2. Valve
3. Pressure compensation valve inner shuttle valve
4. Piston
Function
q Shuttle valve (3) is pushed to the right by port
(A) pressure and cuts off interconnection
between ports (A) and (C).
q Holding pressure at port (A) is led to the spring
chamber (B) to push piston (4) to the left so
that piston (4) and valve (2) will not be sepa-
rated.
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Outline
q Since no holding pressure is generated at port
(A) of the travel circuit, a pressure compensa-
tion valve without shuttle valve (3) is adopted.
30 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Function Operation
q Provides the regeneration circuit from the cyl- q If the cylinder head pressure is lower than the
inder bottom to the cylinder head when the bottom pressure, pressurized oil (A) from the
boom is lowered and increases flow to the cyl- cylinder bottom flows to drain circuit (B) from
inder bottom. the notch of boom spool (2).
q On the other hand, remaining oil flows to
regeneration circuit (C), opens check valve (6)
and flows to the cylinder head through circuit
(D).
q Flow from regeneration circuit (C) and pump
(1) merges in circuit (E).
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. If the cylinder head pressure is higher than the bottom pressure (digging work, etc.)
Function
q Check valve (6) provided to regeneration cir-
cuit (C) closes to shut off the flow from the cyl-
inder bottom to the head.
32 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Function Operation
q During arm digging, regeneration circuit pro- q If the cylinder head pressure is lower than the
vided from the cylinder head to the bottom bottom pressure, pressurized oil (A) from the
increases the cylinder speed as the cylinder cylinder bottom flows to drain circuit (B) from
flow involves the pump delivery plus regener- the notch of arm spool (2).
ated flow. q On the other hand, remaining oil flows to regen-
eration circuit (C), opens check valve (6) and
flows to the cylinder head through circuit (D).
q Flow from regeneration circuit (C) and pump
(1) merges in circuit (E).
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q Check valve (6) provided to regeneration cir-
cuit (C) closes to shut off the flow from the cyl-
inder bottom to the head.
34 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Merge-divider valve 1
1. When flows from the pumps merge [if merge-divider selector signals (IS1) and (IS2) are
OFF]
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. When flows from the pumps divide [if merge-divider selector signals (IS1) and (IS2) are ON]
Operation
q Selector signal (IS1) turns ON, and output
pressure from the EPC valve shifts main spool
(1) to the left, and ports (E) and (F) are divided.
q Pressurized oil discharged from the two pumps
are sent to respective control valves.
P1 pressure: To bucket, L.H. travel, and boom
P2 pressure: To swing, R.H. travel, and arm
q When selector signal (IS2) is turned ON, LS
spool (3) too shifts to the left under the output
pressure from the EPC valve, interconnects
ports (A) and (C) and divides other ports.
q Forwards LS pressure led from each control
valve spool to LS circuits (5), (6), (7) and (8) to
respective control valves.
36 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
LS select valve 1
Function Operation
q Prevents high LS pressure from the swinging
from entering the LS circuit of work valves 1. If pilot pressure (BP) is OFF
while the swinging and work equipment are in q Since pilot pressure (BP) is OFF, piston (3) is
combined operation. pressed to the left by spring (2).
q Prevents high pressure generated during q When swing-operated, swing LS pressure (P1)
swing drive and improves operability of work enters port (A) after passing swing spool (5).
equipment. q Valve (1) is pressed to the left and ports (A)
and (B) are interconnected.
q Swing LS pressure (P1) flows to LS shuttle
valve (8).
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q Reduces the discharge pressure of the main
pump and supplies it as control pressure for
the solenoid valves, EPC valves, etc.
Operation
38 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
2. During neutral and when load pressure 3. When load pressure (P2) is high
(P2) is low q Load pressure (A2) increases with the opera-
a When load pressure (A2) is lower than self tion of digging, etc., and the pump discharge
pressure reducing valve output pressure (PR) increases accordingly.
q Pressure (P2) increases to [(φd area x P2 pres-
q Valve (7) is pressed to the closing direction of sure) > force of spring (8) + (φd area x PR pres-
circuit between ports (P2) and (A2) by spring sure)]., and valve (7) moves to the right to the
(8) and under pressure (PR) (which is 0 MPa{0 stroke end.
kg/cm2}). q As a result, opening between ports (P2) and
q When pressurized oil flows in from port (P2), a (A2) increases, and the pass resistance
balance is reached due to [(φd area x P2 pres- reduces, reducing the engine horsepower loss.
sure) = force of spring (8) + (φd area x PR pres- q When pressure (PR) rises above the set pres-
sure)]. sure, poppet (11) opens.
q Adjusts valve (7) opening to keep pressure q Pressurized oil flows from port (PR) to orifice
(P2) at a constant level over pressure (PR). (a) in spool (14), then flows to seal drain port
q When pressure (PR) rises above the set pres- (TS) from poppet (11) opening.
sure, poppet (11) opens. q Differential pressure is generated before and
q Pressurized oil flows from port (PR) to orifice after orifice (a) in spool (14) and then spool
(a) in spool (14), then flows to seal drain port (14) moves to close the pass between ports
(TS) from poppet (11) opening. (P2) and (PR).
q Differential pressure is generated before and q Pressure (P2) is reduced by the opening at this
after orifice (a) in spool (14) and then spool time and adjusted to a constant pressure (the
(14) moves to close the pass between ports set pressure) and supplied as pressure (PR).
(P2) and (PR).
q Pressure (P2) is reduced by the opening at this
time and adjusted to a constant pressure (the
set pressure) and supplied as pressure (PR).
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
40 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Function Operation
q This valve connects the L.H. and R.H. travel q Pilot pressure from the travel junction solenoid
circuits through travel junction valve so that the valve contracts spring (1), and travel junction
hydraulic oil will be supplied evenly to both spool (2) moves to the left to the stroke end.
travel motors to improve machine's straight q Junction circuit between port (PTL) (L.H. travel
travel performance. circuit) and port (PTR) (R.H. travel circuit) is
q When the machine is steered, outside pilot closed.
pressure (PST) closes the travel junction valve
to improve steering performance.
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation q If the oil flow rates to the L.H. and R.H. travel
q If pilot pressure (PST) from the solenoid valve motors become different from each other, the
is 0, travel junction spool (2) is pressed by the oil flows through the route between port (PTL),
force of spring (1) against the right side and travel junction spool (2), and port (PTR) so that
the pass between ports (PTL) and (PTR) is the oil flow rates to both motors will be equal-
open. ized again.
42 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Function Operation
q Regulates flow to each cylinder by controlling q The oil in stroke regulation signal chamber (a)
the stroke of each spool of the boom, arm, and is drained through orifices (5) and (6) of pis-
bucket using the pilot pressure of travel PPC tons (3) and (4) in the travel spring case and
valve while climbing a steep grade, raising the the travel PPC valve.
boom, digging with arm, dumping, bucket-dig- q When operated for boom raising (or arm dig-
ging or operating dump. ging, dumping, bucket digging, dumping),
q When controlling the stroke of the boom, arm spool (1) moves to the left until it makes con-
and/or bucket, pilot pressure of travel PPC tact with the end face of spring casing (2) (st0).
valve passes through the circuit inside the con-
trol valves to actuate the system.
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. When traveling
44 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Function
q This valve prevents the oil in the boom cylinder
bottom from leaking through spool (1) and the
boom from lowering under its weight while the
boom lever is not operated.
Operation
q When the boom is raised, pressurized oil from
the control valve works on the ring-shaped
area (S)[= φ (d1) area – φ (d2) area] caused by
the difference between outside diameter (d1)
of poppet (5) and seat diameter (d2) to move it
to the left.
q Contracts spring (4) and poppet (5) moves to
the left.
q As a result, pressurized oil from the control
valve passes through the opening of poppet
(5) and flows to the bottom end of the boom
cylinder.
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation
q Moves the lever to neutral with the boom
raised.
q Pressurized oil flown inside poppet (5) from
orifice (a) of poppet (5) is closed by pilot piston
(2).
q Pressurized oil from the control valve and the
holding pressure of the boom cylinder bottom
are shut off.
q The holding pressure of boom cylinder bottom
works on the ring-shaped area (S) caused by
the difference between outside diameter (d1)
of poppet (5) and seat diameter (d2) to move it
to the right.
q The sum of this force and the force of spring
(4) closes poppet (5).
q Pressurized oil from the control valve and the
holding pressure of the boom cylinder bottom
are shut off.
46 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Operation
q When the boom is lowered, pilot pressure from
the PPC valve presses pilot spool (2).
q Pressurized oil in chamber (b) inside the pop-
pet is drained through orifice (c).
q Pressurized oil of the boom bottom flows to ori-
fice (a) o chamber (b) o orifice (c) o drain (T),
and the pressurized oil in chamber (b) lowers.
q As the pressure of chamber (b) lowers under
the pressure of port (B), poppet (5) opens.
q Pressurized oil from port (B) is led to port (A)
and then flows to the control valve.
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q This valve prevents the oil in the arm head
from leaking through spool (1) and the boom
from lowering under its weight while the arm
lever is not operated.
Operation
q When the arm OUT is operated, pressurized
oil from the control valve works on the ring-
shaped area (S)[= φ (d1) area – φ (d2) area]
caused by the difference between the outside
diameter (d1) of poppet (5) and the seat diam-
eter (d2) to move it to the left.
q Contracts spring (4) and poppet (5) moves to
the left.
q As a result, pressurized oil from the control
valve passes through the opening of poppet
(5) and flows to the arm cylinder head.
48 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Operation
q Moves the lever to neutral with the arm
dumped.
q Pressurized oil flown inside poppet (5) from
orifice (a) of poppet (5) is closed by pilot piston
(2).
q Pressurized oil from the control valve and the
holding pressure of the arm cylinder head are
shut off.
q The holding pressure of arm cylinder head
works on ring-shaped area (S) caused by the
difference between outside diameter (d1) of
poppet (5) and seat diameter (d2) to move it to
the right.
q The sum of this force and the force of spring
(4) closes poppet (5).
q Pressurized oil from the control valve and the
holding pressure of the arm cylinder head are
shut off.
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3. When arm IN
Operation
q When the arm IN is operated, pilot spool (2) is
pushed under the pilot pressure from the PPC
valve.
q Pressurized oil in chamber (b) inside the pop-
pet is drained through orifice (c).
q Pressurized oil of the arm head flows to orifice
(a) o chamber (b) o orifice (c) o drain (T),
and the pressurized oil in chamber (b) lowers.
q As the pressure of chamber (b) lowers under
the pressure of port (B), poppet (5) opens.
q Pressurized oil from port (B) is led to port (A)
and then flows to the control valve.
50 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
q If abnormally high pressure is generated in the q If arm drift prevention valve (if eguipped) is
boom cylinder bottom circuit, the pressurized installed to the arm cylinder head circuit, the
oil in port (B) pushes check valve (6) open, boom cylinder bottom circuit pressure force or
then safety valve (3) operates. arm cylinder head circuit pressure force,
whichever having higher pressurized oil,
pushes check valve (6) or (6A) open to actuate
safety valve (3).
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
52 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
Operation
q Returning the lever to neutral reduces the pilot
pressure from the PPC valve to 0 kg/cm2.
q The pressurized oil that has flowed and been
drained through orifice (a) in valve (2) is closed
by pilot piston (1).
q The holding pressure on the arm bottom side
works on the difference between areas (S2)
and (S1) of valve (2) to the left.
q Valve (2) is closed by the total of this force and
the force of spring (3), so ports (A) and (B) are
shut off.
PC200, 220-8 53
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
54 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
1. Spring
2. Poppet
Function
q Set pressure of the relief valve is in two stages.
q When power is needed, pilot pressure (P) is
turned ON and the set pressure becomes
higher.
Operation
q The set pressure of relief valve is determined
by spring (1) installed load. (1st stage)
q Respective setting is not required for both the
1st and 2nd stages. Setting the 1st stage com-
pletes the setting of the 2nd stage.
PC200, 220-8 55
SEN00100-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Spring
2. Piston
3. Spring
4. Holder
Function
q Enables to provide the safety valve set pres- 1. If pilot pressure is OFF (high-pressure
sure in two stages, and make the low-pressure setting)
setting smaller. q Since pilot pressure (P) is OFF, piston (2) is
q Enables to relieve a load without lever opera- pressed to the left by spring (3). [Spring (1)
tion if high load is applied to the cylinder. installed load < spring (3) installed load]
q Improves work efficiency and reduces machine q Spring (1) installed load becomes maximum
body vibration. and the set pressure rises.
q Passage (B) is interconnected to the drain cir-
Operation cuit through passage (C) and chamber (D).
q The safety set pressure is determined by
spring (1) installed load.
56 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00100-01
PC200, 220-8 57
SEN00100-01
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (01)
58
SEN00160-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
4 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
1. Brake spring
2. Drive shaft
3. Spacer
4. Case
5. Disc
6. Plate
7. Brake piston
8. Housing
9. Piston
10. Cylinder block
11. Valve plate
12. Center shaft
13. Center spring
14. Check valve
15. Shuttle valve
Unit: mm
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation Operation
q As the swing holding brake is de-energized, q As the swing brake solenoid valve is ener-
the pressurized oil from the self pressure gized, the valve is switched.
reducing valve is shut off. q The pressurized oil from the self pressure
q Port (B) is connected to tank circuit (T). reducing valve is conducted brake chamber (a)
q Brake piston (7) is pushed down by brake through port (B).
spring (1). q After entering chamber (a), the pressurized oil
q Disc (5) and plate (6) are pushed together, and compresses brake spring (1) and pushes
the brake is applied. brake piston (7) up.
q Disc (5) is separated from plate (6), releasing
the brake.
6 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
8 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
1. Valve body
2. Spool (MA side)
3. Spring (MA side)
4. Plug (MA side)
5. Spool (MB side)
6. Spring (MB side)
7. Plug (MB side)
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
1. Cover
2. Slipper seal
3. Body
4. O-ring
5. Shaft
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Standard clearance Clearance limit
6 Clearance between rotor and shaft Replace
80 — —
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Travel motor 1
Type: HMV110ADT-3
14 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
16 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
1. Regulator piston
2. Spring
3. Regulator valve
4. Motor case
5. Suction safety valve
6. Check valve
7. Output shaft
8. Rocker cam
9. Retainer guide
10. Pin
11. Retainer
12. Piston
13. Cylinder block
14. Valve plate
15. Counterbalance valve
16. Ring
17. Brake piston
18. Plate
19. Disc
20. Ball
Unit: mm
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation of motor
q As the solenoid valve is de-energized, the pilot q The combined force of the piston propulsion
pressurized oil from the self pressure reducing forces works as the moment of inclining rocker
valve does not flow to port (P). cam (4) toward the maximum swash plate
q Regulator valve (9) is pushed to the right by angle.
spring (10). q The pressurized oil at regulator piston (15)
q Pressurized oil being conducted from the con- passes through orifice (c) of regulator valve (9)
trol valve to end cover (8) by pressing check and is drained to the motor case.
valve (22) is shut off by regulator valve (9). q Rocker cam (4) is inclined in the maximum
q Fulcrum (a) of rocker cam (4) is eccentric to swash plate angle direction. The motor capac-
the working point (b) of the combined force of ity becomes maximum, turning on the low
the propulsion force of cylinder (6). speed travel.
18 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
20 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
22 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
q The pressurized oil on the supply side flows to Operation of brake during travelling downhill
chamber (S1) through orifice (E1) and orifice q If indication of the machine runaway is sensed
(E2) of the spool (19). while travelling downhill, the motor will be
q As the pressure in chamber (S1) goes above caused to rotate without load to decrease the
the spool selector pressure, spool (19) is inlet side oil pressure.
pushed toward right. q Pressure in chamber (S1) is released through
q Port (MB) and port (PB) are connected, open- orifices (E1) and (E2).
ing the motor outlet port side and starting the q As the pressure in chamber (S1) goes below
motor rotating. the spool selector pressure, spool (19) is
returned to the left by spring (20) and outlet
port (MB) is throttled.
q The pressure at the outlet port side rises, gen-
erating rotation resistance on the motor to pre-
vent the machine from running away.
q The spool moves to a position where the pres-
sure on outlet port (MB) can be balanced
against the machine's own weight and the inlet
port pressure.
q Oil flow from the outlet circuit is reduced to
ensure the travel speed corresponded to the
pump delivery.
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2) Safety valve q When the pressure rises above the set pressure
of the suction safety valve, poppet (1) opens.
Function q The pressurized oil passes through notch (A1)
of spool (19) into chamber (MA) of the circuit at
q As long as the machine travel is stopped (or it
the opposite side.
is travelling downhill), the counterbalance q At the time of counterclockwise rotation, it
valve closes the inlet and outlet circuits of the makes reverse operation of clockwise rotation.
motor.
q Since the motor is rotated by inertial force,
pressure in the motor outlet port side is abnor-
mally increased, potentially resulting in dam-
ages on the motor and piping.
q The safety valve releases this abnormal pres-
sure to the inlet port side of the motor in order
to prevent damages to the equipment.
Operation
(1) When travel is stopped
(or when travelling downhill) (Right swing)
q Reduction of the pressure at motor inlet (PA)
decreases the pressure in chamber (S1). (2) When starting travel
q When it drops beyond the spool switching (or when traveling at a constant speed)
pressure, spool (19) is returned to the left by
q As the travel lever is operated, the pressurized
spring (20), reducing the pressure at outlet
oil from the pump moves spool (19) toward right.
passage (B1).
q The passage to the suction safety valve func-
q The motor tries to continue rotation resorting to
tions as a circuit which passes through notch
inertial force, thus pressure on the outlet port
(B2) of spool (19), producing large differential
(MB) is increased.
pressure.
q The pump pressure rises, providing a large
tractional force to the valve.
24 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PPC valve 1
Work equipment and swing PPC valve 1
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
26 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
1. Spool
2. Piston
3. Disc
4. Nut (for lever connection)
5. Joint
6. Plate
7. Retainer
8. Body
9. Filter
Unit: mm
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
28 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
30 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
32 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
1. Plate
2. Body
3. Piston
4. Collar
5. Valve
6. Damper
7. Steering signal spool
Unit: mm
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Pressure reducing valve function q The relationship of the position of spool (1) and
body (10) [fine control hole (f) is in the middle
Operation between drain chamber (D) and pump pres-
sure chamber (PP)] does not change until
1) When in neutral retainer (9) contacts spool (1).
q Ports (A) and (B) of the control valve and ports q Metering spring (2) contracts in proportion to
(P1) and (P2) of the PPC valve are connected the stroke of the control lever.
to drain chamber (D) through fine control hole q Pressure at port (P1) also rises in proportion to
(f) in spool (1). the stroke of the control lever.
q In this way, the control valve spool moves to a
position where the pressure of chamber (A)
(same as pressure at port (P1)) and the force
of the return spring of the control valve spool
are balanced.
34 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
3) During fine control q Therefore, the pilot pressure oil from the self
(When control lever is returned) pressure reducing valve passes through fine
q When lever (5) starts to be returned, spool (1) control hole (f) and flows to chamber (A) from
is pushed up by the force of centering spring port (P1) to push the control valve spool.
(3) and pressure at port (P1). q The oil returning from chamber (B) passes
q Because of this, fine control hole (f) is con- from port (P2) through fine control hole (f') and
nected to drain chamber (D), and the pressur- flows to drain chamber (D).
ized oil at port (P1) is released.
q If the pressure of port (P1) is lowered exces-
sively, spool (1) is pushed down by metering
spring (2).
q Fine control hole (f) is shut off from drain cham-
ber (D), and it is almost simultaneously inter-
connected to pump pressure chamber (PP).
q Pump pressure is supplied until the pressure at
port (P1) recovers to the level equivalent to the
lever position.
q When the spool of the control valve returns,
the oil in drain chamber (D) flows in from fine
control hole (f') in the valve on the side that is
not working. The oil passes through port (P2)
and enters chamber (B) to replenish the cham-
ber with pressurized oil.
Travel signal
q If either of the L.H. or R.H. travel levers is oper-
ated, the higher PPC output pressure of both
sides is output as the travel signal.
q Accordingly, whether the machine is travelling
is judged by the signal of port (P5).
Steering signal
q If the operation quantities of both levers are dif-
ferent from each other as in the steering opera-
ti o n , t h e hi g h e r o ne o f t h e P P C o u tp u t
pressures of both sides is output as the steer-
ing signal.
4) At full stroke
q Lever (5) pushes down piston (4), and retainer q Any signal is not output from port (P6) while
(9) pushes down spool (1). the machine is travelling straight (forward or
q Fine control hole (f) is shut off from drain reverse) or in neutral.
chamber (D), and is interconnected to pump q Accordingly, whether the machine is being
pressure chamber (PP). steered is judged by the signal of port (P6).
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Operation
1) When in neutral
36 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
a The Illustration shows the circuit for travelling left forward (slow) and right forward (fast) operation.
q If the operation quantities of both levers are dif- q Port (P4) pressure of the L.H. or R.H. PPC
ferent from each other as in the steering opera- valves, whichever having a higher output pres-
tion (if the difference of the pilot pressure sure, is output to port (P6) as the steering sig-
between both sides is higher than a certain nal.
level), the pilot pressure is output as the steer-
ing signal.
q The pressure in left spring chamber (k) of
steering signal spool (j) is (P2).
q The pressure in right spring chamber (l) is (P4).
q When the pressure state reaches [(P4 – P2) x
(Spool section) > Spring set load], the spool is
switched to the direction of the arrow.
38 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
4) When counter-rotated
a The illustration shows the circuit for travelling left reverse and right forward.
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
a For the details of operation, see the paragraph of “Work equipment swing PPC valve.”
40 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
1. Spool
2. Piston
3. Lever
4. Plate
5. Retainer
6. Block
7. Body
8. EPC valve
Unit: mm
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. EPC valve
Unit: mm
42 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
Function Operation
q The EPC valve consists of the proportional
solenoid portion and the hydraulic valve por- 1) When signal current is 0
tion. (coil is de-energized)
q When it receives signal current (i) from the q When there is no signal current flowing from
pump controller, it generates the EPC output the controller to coil (14), coil (14) is de-ener-
pressure in proportion to the size of the signal, gized.
and outputs it to the control valve. q Spool (11) is pushed to the right by spring (12).
q Port (P) closes and the pressurized oil from the
front pump does not flow to the control valve.
q The pressurized oil from the control valve is
drained to the tank through port (C) and port (T).
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
44 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
a For the details of operation, see the paragraph of “Work equipment and swing PPC valve“.
46 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
1. Spool
2. Piston
3. Lever
4. Plate
5. Retainer
6. Body
Unit: mm
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Valve control 1
48 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
Lever positions
A. Neutral
B. Boom “RAISE”
C. Boom “LOWER”
D. Bucket “DUMP”
E. Bucket “CURL”
F. Neutral
G. Arm “IN”
H. Arm “OUT”
J. Swing “RIGHT”
K. Swing “LEFT”
L. Neutral
M. Travel “REVERSE”
N. Travel “FORWARD”
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Solenoid valve 1
PPC lock, travel junction, ATT selector, travel speed, swing brake, and 2-stage relief solenoid valves
50 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
T: To tank
A1: To PPC valve
A2: To main valve (2-stage relief valve)
A3: To swing motor
A4: To L.H. and R.H. travel motors
A5: To main valve (Travel junction valve)
A6: To ATT selector valve
P1: From main pump
ACC: To accumulator
Operation
When solenoid is de-energized
q Since the signal current does not flow from the
controller, solenoid (9) is de-energized.
For this reason, spool (10) is pushed to the left
by spring (12).
Since port (P) is closed to port (A), pressurized
oil from the main pump does not flow to the
actuator.
At this time, the oil from the actuator is drained
through ports (A) and (T) into the tank.
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
PPC Accumulator 1
1. Gas plug
2. Shell
3. Poppet
4. Holder
5. Bladder
6. Oil port
Specifications
Gas capacity: 300 cc (for PPC)
52 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 53
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
ACC: To accumulator
ATT: To attachment
P1: From attachment selector solenoid valve
T: To hydraulic tank
TS: To hydraulic tank
V: To control valve
1. Spool
Unit: mm
54 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
PC200, 220-8 55
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Hydraulic cylinder 1
PC200-8 and PC200LC-8
Boom cylinder
Arm cylinder
Bucket cylinder
56 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
PC200, 220-8 57
SEN00160-01
Arm cylinder
Bucket cylinder
58
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00160-01
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
PC200, 220-8 59
SEN00160-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (01)
60 PC200, 220-8
SEN00101-00
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00101-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Work equipment 1
Dimensions of components 1
2 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00101-00
PC200-8, PC200LC-8
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between pin con- size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
1 necting boom and revolving
frame and bushing –0.036 +0.135 0.110 –
90 1.0
–0.071 +0.074 0.206
Clearance between pin connect- –0.036 +0.137 0.113 –
2 90 1.0
ing boom and arm and bushing –0.071 +0.077 0.208
Clearance between pin connect- –0.030 +0.158 0.108 – Replace
3 70 1.0
ing arm and link and bushing –0.076 +0.078 0.234
Clearance between pin connect- –0.030 +0.137 0.104 –
4 80 1.0
ing arm and bucket and bushing –0.076 +0.074 0.213
Clearance between pin connect- –0.030 +0.166 0.116 –
5 80 1.0
ing link and bucket and bushing –0.076 +0.086 0.242
Clearance between pin con- –0.030 +0.154 0.104 –
6 70 1.0
necting links and bushing –0.076 +0.074 0.230
PC220-8, PC220LC-8
Unit: mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard Tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between pin con- size clearance limit
Shaft Hole
1 necting boom and revolving
frame and bushing –0.036 +0.138 0.114 –
100 1.0
–0.071 +0.078 0.209
Clearance between pin connect- –0.036 +0.137 0.113 –
2 90 1.0
ing boom and arm and bushing –0.071 +0.077 0.208
Clearance between pin connect- –0.030 +0.166 0.116 – Replace
3 80 1.0
ing arm and link and bushing –0.076 +0.086 0.242
Clearance between pin connect- –0.030 +0.137 0.104 –
4 80 1.0
ing arm and bucket and bushing –0.076 +0.074 0.213
Clearance between pin connect- –0.030 +0.166 0.116 –
5 80 1.0
ing link and bucket and bushing –0.076 +0.086 0.242
Clearance between pin con- –0.030 +0.166 0.096 –
6 80 1.0
necting links and bushing –0.076 +0.066 0.242
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00101-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Dimension of arm
4 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00101-00
Unit: mm
PC200-8, 200LC-8 PC220-8, 220LC-8
No.
Standard size Tolerance Standard size Tolerance
+0.1 +0.1
1 φ80 φ80
+0.0 +0.1
+1.5 +1.5
2 109.3 109.3
+0.0 +0.1
–0.5 –0.5
3 305.5 305.5
–0.5 –0.5
+0.054 +0.054
4 φ90 φ90
+0.000 +0.054
5 402.1 ±1 419.9 ±1
6 187.2 ±0.5 206.1 ±0.5
7 829.1 ±1 918.6 ±1
8 2,919 — 3,037.6 —
9 2,630.5 ±1 2,562.8 ±1
10 410 ±1 465 ±1
11 640 ±0.2 582.5 ±0.2
12 600 ±0.5 600 ±0.5
13 458.1 — 446.3 —
14 1,486 — 1,551.7 —
+0.1 +0.1
15 φ80 φ80
+0.0 +0.1
16 325 ±0.5 325 ±0.5
+0.1 +0.1
17 φ80 φ80
+0.0 +0.1
–0.5 –0.5
Arm itself 311 311
–0.5 –0.5
18
When press fitting
325 — 325 —
bushing
Min. 1,680 — 1,605 —
19
Max. 2,800 — 2,625 —
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00101-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2. Dimension of bucket
6 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00101-00
Unit: mm
PC200-8, 200LC-8 PC220-8, 220LC-8
No.
Standard size Tolerance Standard size Tolerance
1 457.6 ±0.5 442.4 ±0.5
2 22 ±0.5 59.2 ±0.5
3 92° 45’ — 97° 37’ —
4 458.1 — 446.3 —
5 1,477.3 — 1,540.5 —
6 158.6 — 185.6 —
7 — — — —
8 15° 54’ — 7° 48’ —
+0.1 +0.1
9 φ80 φ80
+0.1 +0.1
10 326.5 ±1 326.5 ±1
11 56 — 59 —
12 106 — 104 —
13 470 — 470 —
14 φ23.5 — φ23.5 —
15 φ140 — φ140 —
16 φ190 — φ190 —
17 133.2 — 156.3 —
18 131.6 — 133.1 —
19 107 — 107 —
20 85 — 82 —
+2 +2
21 348.5 348.5
+0 +0
22 38 — 37 —
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00101-00
© 2005 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 09-05 (01)
8
SEN00102-00
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00102-00 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
2 PC200, 220-8
SEN00102-00
© 2005 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 09-05 (01)
4
SEN00103-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Electrical system 1
Engine control 1
Operation of system 1
Starting engine
q When the starting switch is turned to the
START position, the starting signal flows to the
starting motor. Then, the starting motor turns to
start the engine.
Stopping engine
q When detecting that the starting switch is set to
the “STOP” position, the engine controller cuts
the signal of the supply pump drive solenoid to
stop the engine.
2 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
Component 1
1. Knob 4. Ball
2. Dial 5. Potentiometer
3. Spring 6. Connector
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q The fuel control dial is installed under the
machine monitor.
q Turning knob (1) rotates the shaft of potentiom-
eter (5).
q The rotation of the shaft changes the resis-
tance of the variable resistor in potentiometer
(5), sending any throttle signal to the engine
controller.
q The hatched area in the right graph is the
abnormality detection area. When the throttle
voltage is within this area, the engine is run-
ning at low idle.
4 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
Engine controller
CN-CE01 CN-CE01
Input/ Title
Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
output panel
1 Electric power supply for lift pump 18 NC(*)
2 Electric power supply for IMA 19 NC(*)
3 Atmosphere sensor 20 NC(*)
4 NC(*) 21 NC(*)
5 NC(*) 22 Engine brake drive D
6 CAN(–) 23 Boost temperature sensor B
7 NC(*) 24 NC(*)
8 CAN(+) 25 Common rail pressure sensor B
9 NC(*) 26 G sensor (+) B
10 NC(*) 27 NE sensor (+) B
11 Lift pump return 28 Engine brake return
12 NC(*) 29 NC(*)
13 NC(*) 30 NC(*)
14 NC(*) 31 NC(*) D
15 Coolant temperature sensor 32 IMA return C
16 5V electric power supply for sensor 33 5V electric power supply for sensor
17 Oil pressure switch 34 NC(*)
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
occur. occur.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
CN-CE01 CN-CE02
Title Input/
Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
panel output
35 NC(*) A 20 NC(*)
36 NC(*) 21 NC(*)
37 5V electric power supply for sensor A 22 Fuel control dial (+5V)
38 GND C 23 Fuel control dial (–)
39 NC(*) 24 NC(*)
40 NC(*) 25 NC(*)
41 NC(*) 26 NC(*)
42 NC(*) C 27 NC(*)
43 NC(*) 28 NC(*)
44 Boost pressure sensor B 29 NC(*)
45 Injector #1 (+) D 30 NC(*)
46 Injector #5 (+) D 31 NC(*)
47 G sensor (–) C 32 NC(*)
48 Ne sensor (–) C 33 GND
49 NC(*) 34 NC(*)
50 NC(*) 35 NC(*)
51 Injector #2 (–) C 36 NC(*)
52 Injector #3 (–) C 37 NC(*)
53 Injector #1 (–) C 38 NC(*)
54 Injector #2 (+) D 39 Key switch (ACC)
55 Injector #3 (+) D Electrical intake air heater relay
40
56 Injector #4 (+) D drive
57 Injector #6 (+) D 41 NC(*)
58 Injector #4 (–) C Electrical intake air heater relay
42
59 Injector #6 (–) C return
60 Injector #5 (–) C 43 NC(*)
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will 44 NC(*)
occur. 45 NC(*)
46 CAN(+)
CN-CE02 47 CAN(–)
Input/ 48 NC(*)
Pin No. Signal name 49 PWM OUTPUT
output
1 NC(*) 50 NC(*)
2 NC(*) *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
3 NC(*) occur.
4 NC(*)
5 NC(*) CN-CE03
6 NC(*) Input/
Pin No. Signal name
7 NC(*) output
8 NC(*) 1 GND
9 Fuel control dial (+) 2 NC(*)
10 NC(*) Electric power supply (+24V con-
3
stantly)
11 NC(*)
4 NC(*)
12 NC(*)
13 NC(*) *: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
occur.
14 NC(*)
15 NC(*)
16 NC(*)
17 NC(*)
18 NC(*)
19 NC(*)
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
occur.
6 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
1. Sensor
2. O-ring
3. Connector
1. Connector
2. Sensor
3. O-ring
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Rotation sensor
1. Connector
2. Sensor
3. O-ring
1. Connector
2. Sensor
3. O-ring
8 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
1. Connector
2. Tube
3. Sensor
4. O-ring
1. Connector
2. Bracket
3. Float
4. Switch
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
10 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
12 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Models
PC200-8
Mode
80.9 kW/1,780 rpm
B
{108 HP/1,780 rpm}
73.6 kW/1,800 rpm
L
{99 HP/1,800 rpm}
14 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q The machine is matched to various types of
work properly with the 2-stage relief function to
increase the digging force, etc.
16 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
2) Cut-off function
q This function increases PC-EPC current (J) to
reduce the flow rate in the relief state, improv-
ing fuel consumption.
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function Setting
Matching at rated output
Engine and pump control
point
34.8 MPa {355 kg/cm2}
2-stage relief function O
37.2 MPa {380 kg/cm2}
Software cut-off function Cancel
18 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
4. Auto-deceleration function
Function
q The auto-deceleration function automatically
reduces the engine speed to its medium speed
range when the all control levers are set in
NEUTRAL while waiting for a dump truck or
work to reduce the fuel consumption and
noise.
q If any lever is operated, the engine speed
instantly returns to the speed set with the fuel
control dial.
Operation
When control levers are set in neutral
q If all the control levers are kept to NEUTRAL
for 4 sec. during operation at a engine speed
above a decelerator operation level (approxi-
mately 1,400 rpm), this function lowers the
engine speed to the deceleration operation
level (approximately 1,400 rpm) and keeps it
until you operate any lever.
When any control lever is operated
q If you operate any control lever while the
engine speed is kept at the deceleration opera-
tion level, the engine speed instantly rises to
the level set with the fuel control dial.
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q The engine automatic warm-up function
increases the engine speed to warm up the
engine if coolant temperature is too low after
the engine starts.
20 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
1) Auto-warm-up function
q After the engine is started, if the engine coolant
temperature is low, the engine speed is raised
automatically to warm up the engine.
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
The swing lock and swing holding brake function
are provided as a swing control function.
22 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
1) Swing lock and swing holding brake func- 2) Quick hydraulic oil warm-up function when
tion swing lock switch is turned on
q The swing lock function (manual) is used to q If swing lock switch (2) is turned on, the pump
lock machine from swinging at any position. cut-off function is cancelled and the relief pres-
The swing holding brake function (automatic) sure rises from 34.8 MPa {355 kg/cm2} to 37.2
is used to prevent hydraulic drift after the MPa {380 kg/cm2}.
machine stops swinging. If the work equipment is relieved under this
q Operation of swing lock switch and swing lock/ condition, the hydraulic oil temperature rises
holding brake quickly and the warm-up time can be short-
ened.
Lock Lock
Function Operation
switch lamp
If swing lever is set in neu-
tral, swing brake operates
Swing
in about 5 sec. If swing
OFF OFF holding
lever is operated, brake is
brake
released and machine can
swing freely.
Swing lock operates and
machine is locked from
Swing swinging. Even if swing
ON ON
lock lever is operated, swing
lock is not reset and
machine does not swing.
Swing
holding ON OFF
brake (when controller has (when controller is
cancel trouble) normaly)
switch
Swing
lock ON OFF ON OFF
switch
Swing
Swing Swing Swing
Swing holding
lock is lock is lock is
brake brake is
turned on. canceled. turned on.
turned on.
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q The machine is provided with a function that
ensures travel performance best fit to the type
of work and jobsite by controlling pumps during
travel or allowing operator to change travel
speed automatically or manually.
24 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
Mi
Lo (Low Hi (High
Travel speed switch (Medium
speed) speed)
speed)
Pump capacity (%) 80 90 100
Motor capacity Max. Max. Min.
Travel speed (km/h) 3.0 4.1 5.5
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Function
q This function is available only with the attach-
ment specification.
q The function acts as follows according to the
flow command and working mode from the
monitor.
1) It throttles the attachment PPC pressure
and controls the flow when the pedal is
depressed fully.
2) Attachment operation switches depend-
ing on the working mode as shown below.
26 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
1. Plug
2. Switch
3. Connector
Specifications
Type of contacts: Normally open contacts
Operating (ON) pressure:
0.5 ± 0.1 MPa {5.0 ± 1.0 kg/cm2}
Resetting (OFF) pressure:
0.3 ± 0.05 MPa {3.0 ± 0.5 kg/cm2}
Function
q The junction block has 2 PPC oil pressure
switches.
q This sensor detects the operating condition of
each actuator by the PPC pressure and trans-
mit it to the pump controller.
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Sensor
2. Connector
Function
q The junction block has 6 PPC oil pressure sen-
sor.
q This sensor detects the operating condition of
each actuator by the PPC pressure and trans-
mit it to the pump controller.
Operation
q The oil pressure is applied to the diaphragm of
the oil pressure sensor from the pressure
intake part, the diaphragm is deformed. q The amplifier magnifies output voltage (E) and
q The deformation in the diaphragm causes the transmits it to the pump controller.
resistance of the gauge to change. This
causes a change in the output voltage, which
is transmitted to the amplifier (voltage ampli-
fier).
28 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
1. Sensor
2. Connector
Operation
q The relationship between the pressure applied
to sensors (P) and output voltage (E) is shown
in the figure below.
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
3) Pump controller
30 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
CN-C02
Pin No. Signal name Input/output
82 NC (*) —
83 NC (*) —
84 NC (*) Output
85 NC (*) Output
86 Service circuit SOL Output
87 Travel speed SOL Output
88 LS-EPC Output
89 Merge-divider LS EPC Output
90 NC (*) —
91 NC (*) —
92 NC (*) Output
93 NC (*) —
94 NC (*) —
95 NC (*) Output
96 PC-EPC (F) Output
97 Service current EPC Output
98 NC (*) —
99 NC (*) —
100 NC (*) Output
101 Swing parking brake SOL Output
102 NC (*) Output
103 NC (*) Output
104 PC-EPC (R) Output
105 NC (*) Output
106 NC (*) —
107 NC (*) Output
108 Battery relay Output
109 2-step relief SOL Output
110 Travel junction SOL Output
111 NC (*) Output
112 Merge-divider main EPC Output
113 NC (*) Output
114 Wiper motor (–) Output
115 Solenoid GND Input
116 Solenoid power Input
117 Solenoid GND Input
118 Solenoid power Input
119 Wiper motor (+) Output
120 Solenoid GND Input
121 Solenoid power Input
*: Never connect to NC or malfunctions or failures will
occur.
32 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
Monitor system 1
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Machine monitor 1
Outline
q The machine monitor has the functions to dis-
play various items and the functions to select
modes and electric parts.
q The machine monitor has a CPU (Central Pro-
cessing Unit) in it to process, display, and out-
put the information.
q The monitor display employs an LCD (Liquid
Crystal Display). The switches are flat sheet
switches.
34 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
CN-CM05
Input/
Pin No. Signal name
output
Electric power supply for cam-
1 Output
era
2 Camera NTSC signal input 1 Input
3 Camera NTSC signal input 2 Input
4 Camera NTSC signal input 3 Input
Electric power supply GND for
5 —
camera
6 Camera signal GND1 —
7 Camera signal GND2 —
8 Camera signal GND3 —
36 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
38 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Engine coolant
temperature
Hydraulic oil See gauge display on next page.
temperature
Fuel level
40 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
The gauge pointer disappears when information on coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature cannot
be obtained due to disconnection of CAN.
Temperature or vol-
Gauge Range Indicator Buzzer sound
ume
A1 105 Red Q
A2 102 Red
Engine coolant tem- A3 100 Off
perature
(°C) A4 85 Off
A5 60 Off
A6 30 White
B1 105 Red
B2 102 Red
Hydraulic oil tempera- B3 100 Off
ture
(°C) B4 85 Off
B5 40 Off
B6 20 White
C1 289 Off
C2 244.5 Off
C3 200 Off
Fuel level (l)
C4 100 Off
C5 60 Off
C6 41 Red
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Checks before starting (all symbols light up), when maintenance interval is exceeded.
If the checks before starting or maintenance interval is exceeded items light up, the display of the hydraulic
oil temperature gauge and the hydraulic oil temperature monitor disappear and the following symbols are
displayed.
Lights up when
Battery charge q —
abnormal.
Lights up when
Engine oil level q abnormal.
—
Lights up when
Air cleaner clogging q —
abnormal.
42 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
Display
Symbol Display item Display range Display method
category
Green:
Displays state of message
KOMTRAX There is unread message.
(for only machine equipped
message Blue:
with KOMTRAX).
There is unreturned message.
Air conditioner/
ON OFF Displays operating condition.
Heater
Monitor
Lo Mi Hi
Travel speed Displays set speed.
Displays time.
12-hour display
Clock Clock (Changes to service meter if
24-hour display F4 is depressed.)
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Switches 1
44 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
Selects item on left side (Selects right end item after left
F3 Select item
end item).
Selects item on right side (Selects left end item after right
F4 Select item
end item).
Selects item on lower side (Selects top item after bottom
F3 Select item
item)/Resets holding of monitoring.
Selects item on upper side (Selects bottom item after top
F4 Select item
item)/Holds monitoring.
Selects page on lower side (Selects top page after bottom
F1 Select item
page).
Selects page on upper side (Selects bottom page after top
F2 Select item
page).
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Display Setting
Crawler symbol + Lo Low speed (default)
Crawler symbol + Mi Medium speed
Crawler symbol + Hi High speed
F5 : Starts up in E mode.
F6 : Starts up in B mode.
46 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
48 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
Maintenance function 1
q Pressing F5 on the normal screen switches to
the maintenance screen.
Replacement interval
No. Item
(Hours)
01 Engine oil 500
02 Engine oil filter 500
03 Fuel main filter 1000
41 Fuel prefilter 500
F1 : Displays the next page.
04 Hydraulic filter 1000
Displays the top page when the last page is
05 Hydraulic tank breather 500
displayed.
06 Corrosion resistor 1000(*)
F2 : Displays the previous page.
07 Damper case oil 1000
Displays the last page when the top page is
displayed. 08 Final case oil 2000
F3 : Selects (highlights) an item one down. 09 Machinery case oil 1000
F4 : Selects (highlights) an item one up. 10 Hydraulic oil 5000
F5 : Returns to the normal screen. *: If equipped (To be determined)
F6 : Switches to the maintenance time reset screen.
No operation at least 30 sec. : Returns to the nor- q The content of the caution display differs
mal screen. according to the remaining time. The relation-
ship is as shown in the table below.
q If the remaining time on the maintenance table
screen is less than 30 hours, the relevant items Display Condition
are highlighted in yellow, and if 0 hours, they Remaining time for mainte-
are done in red. None nance for all items is more
q On the maintenance time reset screen, reset than 30 hours.
the remaining time for the selected item to There is one or more items
Notice display (black sym-
return to the default. with less than 30-hour
bol displayed on yellow
remaining time for mainte-
background)
nance.
There is one or more items
Warning display (white
with less than 0-hour
symbol displayed on red
remaining time for mainte-
background)
nance.
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
50 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
Breaker/attachment setting
q For an attachment-equipped machine, this
menu allows you to adjust a flow rate in B
mode and ATT mode.
q For a machine with no attachment, this menu
does not appear.
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Breaker setting selection screen. q On the flow rate level setting screen,
q On this screen, you can allocate one of change the set flow rate.
two set flow rates as a flow rate in breaker
mode.
q The B symbol is displayed before items
specified to breaker mode.
a The defaults of both flow rates are 180 l/
min.
52 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
F3 : Selects (highlights) an item one down. F3 : Selects (highlights) an item one down.
F4 : Selects (highlights) an item one up. F4 : Selects (highlights) an item one up.
F5 : Returns to the breaker/attachment setting F5 : Returns to the breaker setting menu
screen. screen.
F6 : Switches to the setting screen for the selected F6 : Switches to the flow rate level setting
(highlighted) item. screen for the selected (highlighted) item.
1. Attachment setting selection screen q On the flow rate level setting screen,
q On this screen, you can allocate one of change the set flow rate.
two set flow rates as a flow rate in attach-
ment mode.
q The ATT symbol is displayed before items
specified to attachment mode.
a The defaults of both flow rates are 430 l/
min.
PC200, 220-8 53
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Message display
q For a KOMTRAX-equipped machine, you can
view notification from the sales representative.
When there is a message, the message moni-
tor appears on the upper left of the normal
screen.
q The lighting green monitor indicates that there
are messages to be read.
q The lighting blue monitor appears when you
have not sent replies yet after opening mes-
sages which accept replies.
Screen adjustment
q Selecting the Screen adjustment from the user
q Press F6 to enter user mode and select “Mes- menu and pressing F6 switches to the screen
sage display” and you can view (open) the adjustment screen.
messages. q From this menu, you can adjust the brightness,
contrast, and luminance of the machine moni-
tor screen.
q When the light switch is in Night mode ON, the
night mode screen is adjustable.
q When the light switch is in Daytime mode ON
or OFF, the daytime mode screen is adjust-
able.
54 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
1) Time setting
F3 : Selects (highlights) an item one down. Set the clock time. If the time setting item
F4 : Selects (highlights) an item one up. is not highlighted, press F6 to highlight it.
F5 : Cancels changes you made before confirming
them with F6 to return to the menu screen. The time display part is highlighted.
F6 : Moves to the setup items of the selected (high- F3 : Advances the clock one hour.
lighted) item. F4 : Sets the clock back one hour.
F5 : Cancels changes you made before
q The adjustment methods for the camera confirming them with F6 to return to
screen and normal screen are the same. the user menu.
q The background when adjusting the camera F6 : Confirms the changes and moves to
screen is the No. 1 camera image. minute setting.
PC200, 220-8 55
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Language setting
q Selecting the Language from the user menu
screen and pressing F6 switches to the lan-
guage setting screen.
q From this menu, you can change the language
to be displayed on the monitor. Available lan-
guages are as follows.
English, Japanese, Chinese, French, Spanish, F3 : Selects (highlights) an item one down.
Portuguese, Italian, German, Russian, and F4 : Selects (highlights) an item one up.
Turkish F5 : Cancels the changes to return to the user menu.
F6 : Cancels the changes to return to the user menu.
56 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 57
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
58 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 59
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
Sensor 1
q The signals from the sensors are input to the
monitor panel directly.
q Either side of a sensor of contact type is
always connected to the chassis ground.
Type of When When
Sensor name
sensor normal abnormal
ON OFF
Hydraulic oil level Contact
(Closed) (Open)
Resis-
Fuel level — —
tance
OFF ON
Air cleaner clogging Contact
(Closed) (Open)
ON OFF
Coolant level Contact
(Closed) (Open)
1. Connector
2. Bracket
3. Float
4. Switch
60 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
1. Float
2. Connector
3. Cover
4. Variable resistor
PC200, 220-8 61
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
1. Reserve tank
2. Float
3. Sensor
4. Connector
62 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 63
SEN00103-01 10 Structure, function and maintenance standard
64 PC200, 220-8
10 Structure, function and maintenance standard SEN00103-01
PC200, 220-8 65
SEN00103-01
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 01-07 (01)
66
SEN00227-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
Engine SAA6D107E-1
Oil temperature • Whole speed range (inside oil pan) °C 80 – 110 120
2 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
PC220, 220LC-8
Engine SAA6D107E-1
Oil temperature • Whole speed range (inside oil pan) °C 80 – 110 120
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
operating range
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
At 2-pump relief +
operating range rpm 1,950 ± 100 1,950 ± 100
power max.
• Engine at high idle
• Working mode: P mode
• Arm IN relief + Left knob switch ON
• Engine at high idle
Speed when auto- • Auto-deceleration switch in ON
deceleration is condition rpm 1,400 ± 100 1,400 ± 100
operated • All control levers in NEUTRAL
condition
Forward,
Travel control valve mm 9.5 ± 0.5 9.5 ± 0.5
Reverse
Work
mm Max. 15 Max. 20
equipment
Play of control lever
Travel mm Max. 20 Max. 25
4 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
operating range
• Engine running at high idle
• Working mode: P mode
Time taken to swing sec. 24.2 ± 2.5 Max. 30
• Time required for 5 more turns after
making initial one turn
• For measuring posture, see Swing
1
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
operating range
• Engine stopped
• Keeping upper structure transverse
on slope of 15°
Hydraulic drift of
• Notching a mating mark on inner mm 0 0
swing
and outer races of swing circle
• Mating mark misalignment amount
during 5 minutes
• For measuring posture, see Swing
2
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
operating range
Leakage from swing • Engine running at high idle
l/min Max. 5 Max. 10
motor • Swing lock switch: ON
• Leakage amount for one minute
during swing relief
• Hydraulic oil [PC200] [PC200]
temperature: Within 51.3 ± 5.1 46.2 – 60.4
operating range Lo sec.
[PC200LC] [PC200LC]
• Engine running at
55.9 ± 5.6 50.3 – 65.5
high idle
• Working mode: P [PC200] [PC200]
37.5 ± 3.8 33.7 – 45.3
Travel
6 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
NEUTRAL position
• Fall amount for 15 minutes as
measured every 5 minutes starting
immediately after initial setting
• Whole work equipment: Lowering
Arm cylinder distance of tooth tip mm Max. 160 Max. 240
• Boom cylinder: Retraction distance
of cylinder
• Arm cylinder: Extraction distance of
cylinder
• Bucket cylinder: Retraction distance
Bucket cylinder of cylinder mm Max. 40 Max. 58
• For measuring posture, see Work
equipment 1
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
• Engine running at
high idle
Work equipment
• Working mode: P
mode
Arm
• Time required from
dumping stroke end
to digging stroke
end OUT sec. 2.7 ± 0.3 Max. 3.5
• For measuring
posture, see Work
equipment 3
• Hydraulic oil
temperature: Within
operating range
• Engine running at CURL sec. 2.6 ± 0.3 Max. 3.3
high idle
• Working mode: P
mode
Bucket
• Time required from
dumping stroke end
to digging stroke
end DUMP sec. 1.9 ± 0.2 Max. 2.7
• For measuring
posture, see Work
equipment 4
8 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
a As far as possible, bring pump discharge pressure P1 and P2 as close as possible to the average pres-
sure when measuring.
a When measuring with the pump mounted on the machine, if it is impossible to set the engine speed to
the specified speed with the fuel control dial, take the pump discharge amount and the engine speed at
the point of measurement, and use them as a base for calculating the pump discharge amount at the
specified speed.
10 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
PC220, 220LC-8
operating range
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
At 2-pump relief +
operating range rpm 1,950 ± 100 1,950 ± 100
power max.
• Engine at high idle
• Working mode: P mode
• Arm IN relief + Left knob switch ON
• Engine at high idle
Speed when auto- • Auto-deceleration switch in ON
deceleration is condition rpm 1,400 ± 100 1,400 ± 100
operated • All control levers in NEUTRAL
condition
Forward,
Travel control valve mm 9.5 ± 0.5 9.5 ± 0.5
Reverse
Work
mm Max. 15 Max. 20
equipment
Play of control lever
Travel mm Max. 20 Max. 25
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
12 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
operating range
• Engine running at high idle
• Working mode: P mode
Time taken to swing sec. 25.7 ± 2.8 Max. 31
• Time required for 5 more turns after
making initial one turn
• For measuring posture, see Swing
1
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
operating range
• Engine stopped
• Keeping upper structure transverse
on slope of 15°
Hydraulic drift of
• Notching a mating mark on inner mm 0 0
swing
and outer races of swing circle
• Mating mark misalignment amount
during 5 minutes
• For measuring posture, see Swing
2
• Hydraulic oil temperature: Within
operating range
Leakage from swing • Engine running at high idle
l/min Max. 5 Max. 10
motor • Swing lock switch: ON
• Leakage amount for one minute
during swing relief
• Hydraulic oil [PC220] [PC220]
temperature: Within 53.6(+6.0/–4.9) 48.7 – 63.6
operating range Lo sec.
[PC220LC] [PC220LC]
• Engine running at
58.1(+6.5/–5.3) 52.8 – 68.6
high idle
• Working mode: P [PC220] [PC220]
39.2(+4.4/–3.6) 35.6 – 47.6
Travel
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
NEUTRAL position
• Fall amount for 15 minutes as
measured every 5 minutes starting
immediately after initial setting
• Whole work equipment: Lowering
Arm cylinder distance of tooth tip mm Max. 160 Max. 240
• Boom cylinder: Retraction distance
of cylinder
• Arm cylinder: Extraction distance of
cylinder
• Bucket cylinder: Retraction distance
Bucket cylinder of cylinder mm Max. 40 Max. 58
• For measuring posture, see Work
equipment 1
14 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
• Engine running at
high idle
Work equipment
• Working mode: P
mode
Arm
• Time required from
dumping stroke end
to digging stroke
end OUT sec. 2.9(+0.4/–0.2) Max. 3.5
• For measuring
posture, see Work
equipment 3
• Hydraulic oil
temperature: Within
operating range
• Engine running at CURL sec. 2.7 ± 0.3 Max. 3.3
high idle
• Working mode: P
mode
Bucket
• Time required from
dumping stroke end
to digging stroke
end DUMP sec. 2.1 ± 0.3 Max. 2.7
• For measuring
posture, see Work
equipment 4
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
16 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
a As far as possible, bring pump discharge pressure P1 and P2 as close as possible to the average pres-
sure when measuring.
a When measuring with the pump mounted on the machine, if it is impossible to set the engine speed to
the specified speed with the fuel control dial, take the pump discharge amount and the engine speed at
the point of measurement, and use them as a base for calculating the pump discharge amount at the
specified speed.
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
For all models (Posture of machine for measur- Travel 1: Travel speed (without load)
ing performance and measurement procedure)
18 PC200, 220-8
20 Standard value table SEN00227-01
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00227-01 20 Standard value table
20 PC200, 220-8
SEN00227-01
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 03-06 (01)
22
SEN00228-02
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
2 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Sym-
Q'ty
Testing/Adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
Measuring intake air pres- – 101 – 200 kPa
R 799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit 1
sure (boost pressure) {– 760 – 1,500 mmHg}
1 799-201-9001 Handy smoke checker 1
Checking exhaust gas
A Commercially Bosch index: 0 – 9
color 2 Smoke meter 1
available
1 795-799-1131 Gear 1
Adjusting valve clearance B Commercially
2 Thickness gauge 1 Intake: 0.25 mm, Exhaust: 0.51 mm
available
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge 1 0 – 6.9 MPa {0 – 70 kg/cm2}
Measuring compression 2 795-799-6700 Puller 1 For 107E-1 engine
C
pressure 795-790-4410 Adapter 1 For 107E-1 engine
3
6754-11-3130 Gasket 1 For 107E-1 engine
Measuring blow-by pres- 1 799-201-1504 Blow-by checker 1 0 – 5 kPa {0 – 500 mmH2O}
D
sure 2 795-790-3300 Blow-by tool 1 For 107E-1 engine
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6.0, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Measuring engine oil pres- Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
E
sure 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
Pressure gauge: 1.0 MPa
2 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1
{10 kg/cm2}
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6.0, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
Measuring fuel pressure F {600 kg/cm2}
795-790-4430 Adapter 1
2 10 × 1.0 mm o R1/8
6215-81-9710 O-ring 1
Pressure gauge: 1.0 MPa
3 799-401-2320 Hydraulic tester 1
{10 kg/cm2}
1 795-790-4700 Tester kit 1
2 795-790-6700 Adapter 1
6754-71-5340 Connector 1
3
Measuring fuel return rate 6754-71-5350 Washer 1
G
and leakage Commercially
4 Measuring cylinder 1
available
Commercially
5 Stopwatch 1
available
Measuring swing circle Commercially
H Dial gauge 1
bearing clearance available
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6.0, 40, 60 MPa
Measuring and adjusting 1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
oil pressure in work equip- Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
J
ment, swing, and travel 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
circuits
799-101-5220 Nipple 2
2 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm
07002-11023 O-ring 2
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6.0, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Measuring basic pressure Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
K
of control circuit 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
799-101-5220 Nipple 1
2 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm
07002-11023 O-ring 1
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
Sym-
Q'ty
Testing/Adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6.0, 40, 60 MPa
Measuring and adjusting 1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
oil pressure in pump PC L Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
control circuit {600 kg/cm2}
799-101-5220 Nipple 4
2 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm
07002-11023 O-ring 4
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6.0, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Measuring and adjusting Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
oil pressure in pump LS M {600 kg/cm2}
control circuit Differential pressure
2 799-401-2701 1 49 MPa {500 kg/cm2}
gauge
799-101-5220 Nipple 4
3 Size: 10 × 1.25 mm
07002-11023 O-ring 4
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6.0, 40, 60 MPa
Measuring solenoid valve 1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
N
output pressure Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
2 799-401-3100 Adapter 1 Size: 02
Pressure gauge:
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester 1 2.5, 6.0, 40, 60 MPa
1 {25, 60, 400, 600 kg/cm2}
Measuring PPC valve out- Pressure gauge: 60 MPa
P
put pressure 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester 1
{600 kg/cm2}
2 799-401-3100 Adapter 1 Size: 02
3 799-401-3200 Adapter 1 Size: 03
Commercially
Measuring oil leakage Q Measuring cylinder 1
available
799-601-4101
— or T-adapter assembly 1
799-601-4201
Troubleshooting for For DRC60, ECONO
engine — 799-601-4350 • Measurement box 1
(Does not include 799-601-4201)
Controller/sensors/actua- — 799-601-4211 • T-adapter 1 Engine controller
tors
— 799-601-4220 • T-adapter 1 Engine controller
— 799-601-4260 • T-adapter 1 Engine controller
— 799-601-9020 • T-adapter 1 For injector
799-601-4101
or
799-601-4201
— or T-adapter assembly 1
799-601-9000
or
799-601-9200
For ECONO
(Does not include 799-601-4201/
Troubleshooting for 799-601-4350 799-601-9000 and 799-601-9200)
chassis — or • Measurement box 1
799-601-9320 For ECONO
Sensors/wiring harnesses (Does not include 799-601-4101/
799-601-4201 and 799-601-9200)
— 799-601-9020 • Adapter for DT 1 For DT2P
For DT3P
— 799-601-9030 • Adapter for DT 1 (Does not include 799-601-4101 and
799-601-4201)
For DTP4
— 799-601-4260 • Adapter for DT 1 (Does not include 799-601-9000 and
799-601-9200)
4 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Sym-
Q'ty
Testing/Adjusting item Part No. Part name Remarks
bol
799-601-7000
or
799-601-7100
— or T-adapter assembly 1
799-601-7400
or
799-601-8000
For ECONO
— 799-601-2600 • Measurement box 1
(Does not include 799-601-7000)
— 799-601-7090 • Adapter for M 1 For M2P
— 799-601-7110 • Adapter for M 1 For M3P
Troubleshooting for — 799-601-7120 • Adapter for M 1 For M4P
chassis — 799-601-7140 • Adapter for S 1 For S8P
Sensors/wiring harnesses For SW6P
— 799-601-7050 • Adapter for SWP 1
(Does not include 799-601-8000)
For SW8P
— 799-601-7060 • Adapter for SWP 1
(Does not include 799-601-8000)
For X1P
— 799-601-7010 • Adapter for X 1 (Does not include 799-601-7000 and
799-601-7100)
— 799-601-7020 • Adapter for X 1 For X2P
— 799-601-7360 Adapter for relay 1 For REL-5P
— 799-601-7310 Adapter for SWP 1 For SW12P
— 799-601-9890 Adapter for multiple 1 For DT-2, 3, 4/DTM-2
— 799-601-4280 Measurement box 1 For pump controller
Measuring coolant tem-
perature and oil tempera- — 799-101-1502 Digital thermometer 1 – 99.9 – 1,299°C
ture
Measuring operating effort 79A-264-0021 Push-pull scale 1 0 – 294 N {0 – 30 kg}
—
and depressing force 79A-264-0091 Push-pull scale 1 0 – 490 N {0 – 50 kg}
Measuring stroke and Commercially
— Ruler 1
hydraulic drift available
Measuring work equip- Commercially
— Stopwatch 1
ment speed available
Measuring voltage and Commercially
— Circuit tester 1
resistance available
Removal and installation
Commercially 3.26 mm torque wrench
of boost pressure and — Torque wrench 1
available (KTC Q4T15 or equivalent)
temperature sensors
Removal and installation
of engine oil pressure sen- — 795-799-6210 Deep socket 1 27 mm deep socket
sor
Removal and installation
Commercially 21 mm deep socket
of engine coolant temper- — Socket 1
available (MITOLOY 4ML-21 or equivalent)
ature sensor
a For the model names and part Nos. of the T-boxes and T-adapters used for troubleshooting for the
machine monitor, controllers, sensors, actuators, electrical equipment, and wiring harnesses, see “Trou-
bleshooting (General information on troubleshooting), List of T-boxes and T-adapters”.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
6 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Measuring intake air pressure 3. Run the engine at middle or higher speed and
(boost pressure) 1 bleed oil from the hose.
a Insert the connecting parts of the gauge
a Measuring tools for intake air pressure (boost and hose about a half and open the self-
pressure) seal on the hose side repeatedly, and the
Symbol Part No. Part name oil will be drained.
a If Pm kit (A) is available, you use the air-
R 799-201-2202 Boost gauge kit
bleeding coupling (790-261-1130) in that
kit.
k Stop the machine on a level ground and
a If oil is left in the hose, the gauge does not
lower the work equipment to the ground.
work. Accordingly, be sure to drain the oil.
a Measure the intake air pressure under the fol-
lowing condition.
4. Set the working mode in the power mode (P)
q Engine coolant temperature: Within oper-
and turn the swing lock switch ON.
ating range
a If the swing lock switch is turned ON, the
q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operat-
main relief valve is set for high-pressure
ing range
relief.
1. Open the engine hood and remove intake air
5. While running the engine at high idle, relieve
pressure pickup plug (1) from the intake air
the arm circuit and measure the intake air
connector.
pressure.
2. Install nipple [1] of boost gauge kit R and con- 6. After finishing measurement, remove the mea-
nect it to gauge [2]. suring tools and return the removed parts.
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
8 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
10 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Measuring compression
pressure 1
a Measuring tools for compression pressure
Symbol Part No. Part name
1 795-502-1590 Compression gauge
2 795-799-6700 Puller
C
795-790-4410 Adapter
3
6754-11-3130 Gasket
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
7. Disconnect CE03 connector (5) of the engine 9. After finishing measurement, remove the mea-
controller. suring tools and return the removed parts.
k If the connector is not disconnected, a Install the injector and inlet connector
the engine will start during measure- according to the following procedure.
ment and it will be dangerous. 1) Apply new engine oil (SAE15W-40) to the
k Since the CE03 connector is a part of O-ring of injector (4) and cylinder head.
the power supply circuit of the engine 2) Install injector (4) with the fuel inlet hole
controller, cover the connector on the directed to the air intake manifold.
machine side with a vinyl sheet, etc. to 3) Install injector clamp (6) and tighten the
prevent electric leakage and ground mounting bolt by 3 – 4 threads.
fault. 4) Install inlet connector (7) and tighten inlet
connector retainer temporarily.
5) Tighten the mounting bolt of injector clamp
(6) securely.
3 Injector clamp mounting bolt:
8 ± 0.8 Nm {0.8 ± 0.08 kgm}
6) Tighten inlet connector retainer (8) securely.
3 Inlet connector retainer:
50 ± 5 Nm {5.1 ± 0.5 kgm}
12 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
14 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
16 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
18 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
a The shape in the figure is partially dif- Bleeding air from fuel circuit 1
ferent from PC200 and PC220-8.
a If fuel is used up or if a fuel circuit part is
removed and installed, bleed air from the fuel
circuit according to the following procedure.
k Stop the machine on a level ground and
lower the work equipment to the ground.
20 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
Checking fuel circuit for leakage 1 9. Check the fuel piping and devices for fuel leak-
age.
k Very high pressure is generated in the high- a Check mainly around the high-pressure
pressure circuit of the fuel system. If fuel circuit parts coated with the color checker
leaks while the engine is running, it is dan- for fuel leakage.
gerous since it can catch fire. a If any fuel leakage is detected, repair it
After checking the fuel system or removing and check again from step 2.
its parts, check it for fuel leakage according a If no fuel leakage is detected, check is
to the following procedure. completed.
k Stop the machine on a level ground and
lower the work equipment to the ground.
a Clean and degrease the engine and the parts
around it in advance so that you can check it
easily for fuel leakage.
22 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
k Stop the machine on a level ground and 1. Loosen bolts (1) and (2).
lower the work equipment to the ground.
2. Move compressor (3) and bracket (4) together
Checking to adjust the belt tension.
1. Open the engine hood and remove the belt
guard from the top of the air conditioner com- 3. After positioning compressor (3), tighten bolts
pressor. (1) and (2).
a Check each pulley for breakage, wear of
2. Press the intermediate point of the belt the V-groove, and contact of the V-belt
between fan pulley and compressor pulley with and V-groove.
a finger and measure deflection (a) of the belt. a If the V-belt is so lengthened that the
q Belt pressing force: 98 N {10 kg} adjustment allowance is eliminated or it
has a cut or a crack, replace it.
a If the belt is replaced, adjust their tension
again after operating the machine for 1
hour.
a After tightening the bolts, check the belt
tension again according the above proce-
dure.
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
24 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Measuring swing circle bearing 4. Set the arm almost perpendicular to the
clearance 1 ground and lower the boom until the front track
shoe floats.
a Measuring tools for swing circle bearing clear- a At this time the front of the upper structure
ance rises and the rear lowers.
Symbol Part No. Part name
5. Under this condition, read dial gauge H.
Commercially
H Dial gauge a The value indicated by dial gauge H is the
available
clearance of the bearing.
a For the standard value, see Structure,
a When measuring the swing circle bearing
function and maintenance standard,
clearance installed to the machine, perform the
“Swing circle”.
following procedure.
k Stop the machine on a level ground and
lower the work equipment to the ground.
k Do not put your hands or feet under the
undercarriage during measurement.
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
26 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
2. Decreasing tension
1) Loosen valve (2) to discharge grease, and
then tighten it.
k Do not loosen the valve more than
1 turn. If it is loosened more, it
may jump out because of the high-
pressure grease in it.
2) To check that the tension is normal, run
the engine at low idle and move the
machine forward by the length of track on
ground, then stop slowly.
3) After adjusting, check the track shoe ten-
sion again according to the above proce-
dure.
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
Measuring and adjusting oil 2) Install nipples J2 and connect oil pressure
pressure in work equipment, gauges [1] of hydraulic tester J1.
a Use the oil pressure gauges of 58.8
swing, and travel circuits 1 MPa {600 kg/cm2}.
a Measuring and adjusting tools for oil pressure
in work equipment, swing, and travel circuits
Symbol Part No. Part name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
J
799-101-5220 Nipple (10 × 1.25 mm)
2
07002-11023 O-ring
Right
F main relief valve
travel
Arm F main relief valve
(F unload valve) (F main relief valve)
(Centralized safety valve) (Back pressure valve)
28 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
3. Measuring unload pressure 2) Run the engine at high idle, operate the
1) Start the engine, set the working mode in left work equipment control lever to relieve
the power mode (P), and turn the auto- the swing motor, and measure the oil
decelerator OFF. pressure.
2) Run the engine at high idle, set all the a The pressure measured when the
levers and pedals for work equipment con- swing motor relief valve is relieved is
trol, swing control, and travel in neutral, indicated.
and measure the oil pressure. a The swing relief pressure is lower
a The pressure measured when the than the main relief pressure.
unload valve is unloaded is indicated.
6. Measuring travel relief pressure
1) Run the engine and lock the travel mecha-
nism.
k Put pin [2] between the sprocket
and track frame to lock the travel
mechanism securely.
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
1. Adjusting work equipment and travel relief 5) Connect pilot hose (5).
pressure 6) After finishing adjustment, check again
a If the relief pressure of the work equip- that the oil pressure is normal according to
ment circuit and travel circuit is abnormal, the above described measurement proce-
adjust main relief valves (3) and (4) dure.
according to the following procedure.
q (3): Front (F) main relief valve 2. Adjusting swing relief pressure
q (4): Rear (R) main relief valve a If the swing relief pressure is abnormal,
a When adjusting the main relief valves, adjust safety valve (8) of the swing motor
remove the top cover of the control valve. according to the following procedure.
a Adjust only the low relief pressure of the
main relief valve. If the low repair proce-
dure is adjusted, the high repair procedure
is set automatically.
a The low relief pressure is the pressure
applied when the 2-stage relief solenoid
valve is turned OFF and the pilot pressure
is not applied to the selector port.
30 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Measuring control circuit basic 3. Start the engine, set the working mode in the
pressure 1 power mode (P), and turn the auto-decelerator
OFF.
a Measuring tools for control circuit basic pres-
sure 4. Run the engine at high idle, set all the levers
Symbol Part No. Part name and pedals for work equipment control, swing
control, and travel in neutral, and measure the
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1 oil pressure.
790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
K
799-101-5220 Nipple (10 × 1.25 mm)
2
07002-11023 O-ring
1. Remove the control valve top cover and oil 5. After finishing measurement, remove the mea-
pressure pickup plug (1). suring tools and return the removed parts.
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
32 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
34 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
k Stop the machine on a level ground and 2) Install nipples M3 and nipples [1] of
lower the work equipment to the ground. hydraulic tester M1 and connect them to
Then, release the residual pressure from oil pressure gauges [2].
the hydraulic circuit. For details, see a Connect the measuring part of plug
“Releasing residual pressure from hydrau- (3) by using joint (790-301-1271) and
lic circuit”. elbow (790-301-1530) of hydraulic
tester M1 and nipple [1] so that it will
Measuring not interfere with the drain piping.
a Before measuring the oil pressure in the PC a Use the oil pressure gauges of 58.8
control circuit, check that the oil pressure in the MPa {600 kg/cm2}.
work equipment, swing, and travel circuits and
the basic pressure of the control circuit are nor-
mal.
a Measure the oil pressure in the pump LS con-
trol circuit under the following condition.
q Hydraulic oil temperature: Within operating
range
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
36 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
q The figure shows the pump discharge a Do not operate the travel lever to the
pressure side. stroke end (but stop it halfway).
q The figure shows the LS pressure side. a Measuring condition and method of
judgment: If the pressures are in the
following ratio, the LS valve is normal.
LS differential
Operation of levers
pressure
All control levers and pedals Specified LS dif-
in neutral ferential pres-
sure (See
Travel lever moved halfway standard values
(Track shoe run idle) table)
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
38 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Measuring solenoid valve output a When measuring with hoses (2) – (6),
pressure 1 remove the undercover of the control
valve.
a Measuring tools for solenoid valve output pres-
sure
Symbol Part No. Part name
799-101-5002 Hydraulic tester
1
N 790-261-1204 Digital hydraulic tester
2 799-401-3100 Adapter (Size 02)
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
40 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Operation table of ATT return selector solenoid valve (Attachment installation specification)
Operating condition Operation
Working mode: Other than B OFF
Working mode: B ON
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
42 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
44 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
46 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
1. Measuring oil leakage from boom cylinder hose on the cylinder bottom side.
1) Move the boom cylinder to the RAISE a Use the following part to block the
stroke end and stop the engine. hose side.
k Release the residual pressure from
07379-00640 (Flange #06)
the piping on the boom cylinder
head side. For details, see “Releas-
ing residual pressure from hydrau-
lic circuit” (Operate the lever in the
boom RAISE direction only, how-
ever).
2) Disconnect hose (1) on the cylinder head
side and block the hose side with a flange.
k Take care not to disconnect the
hose on the cylinder bottom side.
a Use the following part to block the
hose side.
07379-00640 (Flange #06)
48 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
3. Measuring oil leakage from bucket cylinder 4. Measuring oil leakage from swing motor
1) Move the bucket cylinder to the CURL 1) Disconnect 2 drain hoses (4) and block
stroke end and stop the engine. the hose side with plugs.
k Release the residual pressure from a Use the following parts to block the
the piping on the bucket cylinder hose side.
head side. For details, see Releas- 07376-70522 (Plug #05)
ing residual pressure from hydrau-
lic circuit (Operate the lever in the
bucket CURL direction only, how-
ever).
2) Disconnect hose (3) on the cylinder head
side and block the hose side with a flange.
k Take care not to disconnect the
hose on the cylinder bottom side.
a Use the following part to block the
hose side.
07379-00640 (Flange #06)
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
5. Measuring oil leakage from travel motor 5) After finishing measurement, return the
1) Remove the travel motor cover. removed parts.
2) Run the engine, lock the travel mecha-
nism, and stop the engine.
k Put pin [1] between the sprocket
and track frame to lock the travel
mechanism securely.
50 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Note: Bleed air from the swing motor and travel motor only when the oil in the motor cases is drained.
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
3) While running the engine at high idle, per- 2) Check the oil level by sight gauge (3) on
form step 2). the rear side of the hydraulic tank.
4) While running the engine at low idle, move a If the oil level is below line L, it is
the piston rod to the stroke end and insufficient. Add oil.
relieve the oil. a The oil level changes according to the
5) Bleed air from the arm cylinder and bucket oil temperature. Add oil when the oil
cylinder according to steps 2) – 4). level is out of the following standard
ranges.
4. Bleeding air from swing motor q When oil temperature is 10 – 30°C:
1) Run the engine at low idle. Between line H and line L
2) Swing slowly to bleed air. q When oil temperature is 50 – 80°C:
Near line H
5. Bleeding air from travel motor
1) Run the engine at low idle.
2) Loosen air bleeder (2) and check that oil
oozes out through the air bleeder.
3) After the oil oozes out, tighten air bleeder
(2).
3 Air bleeder:
27.5 – 35.3 Nm {2.8 – 3.6 kgm}
52 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
[Reference]
q The tightening torque of mounting bolt (4) of
cab tipping stopper (3) is different from that of
a common bolt 30 mm in diameter. Take care.
3 Bolt (4): 245 – 309 Nm {25 – 31.5 kgm}
PC200, 220-8 53
SEN00228-02 30 Testing and adjusting
Adjusting mirrors 1
54 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00228-02
Adjusting view
Adjust each mirror so that the operator can see the
following ranges.
q Visibility (Left) :1,830 mm
q Visibility (Right) :1,500 mm
q Mirror (a1) : Hatched part (a2) must be seen
q Mirror (b1) : Hatched part (b2) must be seen
q Mirror (c1) : Hatched part (c2) must be seen
q Mirror (d1) : Hatched part (d2) must be seen
PC200, 220-8 55
SEN00228-02
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
56
SEN00229-03
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
2 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
Page Page
t Operator mode (Outline) Service mode
6p 20p
A Display of KOMATSU logo 6p Monitoring 21p
A Display of inputting password 7p Mechanical Systems 26p
Abnormality
A Display of check of breaker mode 7p Electrical Systems 27p
Record
A Display of check before starting 7p Air-conditioning System/Heater System 33p
A Display of warning after check before starting 8p Maintenance Record 34p
A Display of ending of maintenance interval 8p Maintenance Mode Change 35p
A Display of check of working mode and travel speed 8p Phone Number Entry 37p
A Display of ordinary screen 8p Key-on Mode 38p
A Display of end screen 9p Unit 39p
B Selection of auto-deceleration 9p With/Without Attachment 40p
O (Special operation)
C Display of caution monitor 14p KOMTRAX GPS & Communication Status 54p
Settings MODEM S/N (TH300) 55p
C Display of automatic judgment of breaker 15p
C Display of user code and failure code 15p MODEM IP Address (TH200) 56p
4 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
6 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
Display of warning after check before starting Display of check of working mode and travel
If any abnormality is detected by the check before speed
starting, the warning monitor is displayed on the If the check before starting is finished normally, the
screen. screen to check the working mode and travel speed
a The following figure shows that the engine oil is displayed for 2 seconds.
level monitor (a) is warning of low of engine oil a After display of check of the working mode and
level. travel speed is finished, the screen changes to
“Display of ordinary screen”.
8 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
Selection of auto-deceleration
While the ordinary screen is displayed, if the auto-
deceleration switch is pressed, large auto-deceler-
ation monitor (a) is displayed for 2 seconds and the
setting of the auto-deceleration is changed. 2. Operate the function switches or working mode
a Each time the auto-deceleration switch is selector switch to select and confirm the work-
pressed, the auto-deceleration is turned ON ing mode which you will use.
and OFF alternately. Function switches
a If the auto-deceleration is turned ON, large q [F3]: Move to lower working mode
monitor (a) and auto-deceleration monitor (b) q [F4]: Move to upper working mode
are displayed simultaneously. q [F5]: Cancel selection and return to ordi-
a If the auto-deceleration is turned OFF, auto- nary screen
deceleration monitor (b) goes off. q [F6]: Confirm selection and return to ordi-
nary screen
Working mode selector switch
q Press: Move to lower working mode
q Hold down:Confirm selection and return to
ordinary screen
a If you do not touch any of the function
switches and working mode selector
switch for 5 seconds, the selection is con-
firmed and the screen changes to the ordi-
nary screen.
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
10 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
a Heater specification
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
Operation to display camera mode (if camera is Operation to display clock and service meter
installed) While the ordinary screen is displayed, press [F4],
When a camera is installed, if [F3] is pressed, the and section (a) changes to the service meter and
multi-display changes to the camera image (Set the clock alternately.
connection of the camera in the service mode). a When the clock is selected, adjust the time, set
12-hour or 24-hour display, and set the sum-
mer time with the user mode function.
12 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
a To reset the time left after finishing mainte- a There are following items in the user menu.
nance, more operations are necessary.
Breaker/Attachment Settings
User Message
Screen Adjustment
Clock Adjustment
Language
Economy Mode Adjustment
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
14 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
Display of automatic judgment of breaker Display of user code and failure code
If the operator performs breaker work in an If an abnormality which displays a user code and a
improper working mode, the breaker automatic failure code occurs on the ordinary screen or cam-
judgment screen is displayed to urge the operator era mode screen, all the information of the abnor-
to select a proper working mode. mality is displayed.
a The breaker automatic judgment is displayed (a): User code (3 digits)
when the following condition is satisfied while (b): Failure code (5 or 6 digits)
the display setting is set effective in the service (c): Telephone mark
mode. (d): Telephone No.
a Condition for display: a This screen is displayed only when an abnor-
When the pump controller measures the rear mality (failure code) for which a user code is
pump pressure for a certain time, the obtained set occurs.
value is similar to the pulsation wave form of a The telephone mark and telephone No. are
breaker operation which is held in the control- displayed only when the telephone No. is reg-
ler in advance. istered in the service mode.
a The breaker automatic judgment function is set a If multiple abnormalities occur simultaneously,
to Not used (Not displayed) when delivered. all the codes are displayed repeatedly in order.
a If this screen is displayed, check the setting of a Since the information of the displayed failure
the working mode. If the breaker is being code is recorded in the abnormality record in
used, select the breaker mode [B]. the service mode, check the details in the ser-
a To return to the ordinary screen, press [F5]. vice mode.
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
a Remedies given by displayed user codes to operator to take (The following table is an excerpt from the
Operation and Maintenance Manual)
User code Failure mode Action
When emergency pump drive switch is at the up (emergency)
E02 Pump control system error position, normal operations become possible, but have
inspection carried out immediately.
Move the swing brake cancel switch up to release the brake.
When applying the swing brake, operate the swing lock switch
E03 Swing brake system error manually. Depending on the cause of the problem, it may not
be possible to release it. In any case, have inspection carried
out immediately.
Engine controller power source error
E10 Engine controller drive system circuit error Have inspection carried out immediately.
(engine stopped)
Engine controller system error Operate machine to a safe posture and have inspection carried
E11
Output reduced to protect engine out immediately.
Operate machine to a safe posture and have inspection carried
E14 Abnormality in throttle system
out immediately.
Engine sensor (coolant temperature, fuel Operations are possible, but have inspection carried out
E15
pressure, oil pressure) system error immediately.
Operate machine to a safe posture and have inspection carried
E0E Network error
out immediately.
16 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
Function of changing attachment/maintenance 3. After the New password input screen is dis-
password played, input a new password with the numeral
When changing the attachment/maintenance pass- input switches and confirm it with the function
word used for the attachment setting function and switch.
maintenance setting function, follow these proce- a Set a new password of 4 – 6 digits (If it
dures. has only 3 or less digits or has 7 or more
1. While the ordinary screen is displayed, perform digits, it is not accepted).
the following operation with the numeral input q [F5]: Reset input numeral/Return to ordi-
switches. nary screen
q Operation of switches (While pressing [4], q [F6]: Confirm input numeral
perform the operation in order):
[4] + [5] o [5] o [5]
a This operation of the switches is not
accepted until 10 minutes pass after the
starting switch is turned on.
18 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
20 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
Monitoring
The machine monitor can monitor the condition of
the machine in real time by receiving signals from
various switches, sensors, and actuators installed
to many parts of the machine and the information
from the controllers which are controlling switches,
etc.
1. Selecting menu
Select “Monitoring” on the service menu
screen.
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
22 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
24 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
26 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
28 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
30 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
32 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
34 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
36 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
1. Selecting menu
Select “Phone Number Entry” on the “Service
Menu” screen.
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
3. Selecting mode
After the “Key-on Mode” screen is displayed,
select the mode to be set with the function
switches.
q Power Mode: [P] is displayed when key is
ON
q Economy Mode: [E] is displayed when key
is ON
q Lifting Mode: [L] is displayed when key is
ON
q Breaker Mode: [B] is displayed when key
is ON
q Attachment Mode: [ATT] is displayed
when key is ON
38 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
1. Selecting menu
Select “Default” on the “Service Menu” screen.
3. Selecting unit
After the “Unit” screen is displayed, select the
unit to be set with the function switches.
q [F3]: Move to lower unit
q [F4]: Move to upper unit
q [F5]: Cancel selection and return to
“Default” screen
q [F6]: Confirm selection and return to
“Default” screen
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
3. Selecting With/Without
After the “With/Without Attachment” screen is
displayed, select the setting with the function
switches.
q Without Attachment:
When attachment is not installed
q With Attachment:
When attachment is installed
q [F3] : Move to lower item
q [F4] : Move to upper item
q [F5] : Cancel selection and return to
Default screen
q [F6] : Confirm selection and return to
Default screen
40 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
42 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
1. Selecting menu
Select “Default” on the “Service Menu” screen.
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
44 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
46 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
48 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
Cylinder Cut-Out
The operator can perform "Cylinder Cut-Out" oper-
ation with the machine monitor.
"Cylinder Cut-Out" operation means to run the
engine with 1 or more fuel injectors disabled electri-
cally to reduce the number of effective cylinders.
This operation is used to find out a cylinder which
does not output power normally (combustion in it is
abnormal).
1. Selecting menu
Select “Cylinder Cut-Out” on the “Service
Menu” screen.
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
[Reference] No Injection
q If a normally operating cylinder is Cut-Out, If the engine is operated after long storage of the
the following phenomena occur. machine, it may be worn or damaged because of
1) Lowering of engine speed insufficient lubrication with oil. To prevent this, the
2) Increase of final injection rate com- function to lubricate the engine before starting it by
mand (quantity) cranking it without injecting fuel is installed.
q If the engine is running near the high idle, Set the no-injection cranking while the engine is
however, the engine speed may not lower stopped.
for the reason of engine control.
q In this case, lower the engine speed with 1. Selecting menu
the fuel control dial and judge by increase Select “No Injection” on the “Service Menu”
of the injection rate command. screen.
50 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
2. Starting measurement
After the screen of “Fuel Consumption” is dis-
played, start measurement with the function
switches.
q [F1]: Start 4. Finishing measurement
q [F2]: Clear Press [F1], and measurement is finished and
q [F5]: Return to Service menu screen the data are displayed on the finishing date
a When the screen of Fuel consumption is and time side.
displayed, if a data is indicated, it is the
data of the previous measurement. This 5. Displaying fuel consumption
data is not an obstacle to new measure- If the measurement is finished, the hourly fuel
ment and can be reset by pressing [F2]. consumption calculated from the fuel con-
a If [F1] is pressed, the data is displayed on sumption calculated by the engine controller
the starting date and time side and mea- and the elapsed time are displayed.
surement starts.
52 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 53
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
KOMTRAX Settings (GPS & Communication Status) 3. Contents of display of GPS & communication
The setting condition and operating condition of status
KOMTRAX can be checked with “KOMTRAX Set- On the screen of “GPS & Communication Sta-
tings”. tus”, the following items are displayed.
GPS & communication status is used to check the q Positioning: Positioning condition of GPS
condition of positioning and communication of the q Communication: Communication environ-
KOMTRAX terminal. ment of communication MODEM and con-
necting condi tion of c ommunication
1. Selecting menu MODEM
Select “KOMTRAX Settings” on the “Service q Number of message not yet sent: Number
Menu” screen. of mails which are saved in machine mon-
itor and not transmitted yet
q [F5]: Return to KOMTRAX settings screen
54 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
1. Selecting menu
Select “KOMTRAX Settings” on the “Service
Menu” screen.
PC200, 220-8 55
SEN00229-03 30 Testing and adjusting
56 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00229-03
PC200, 220-8 57
SEN00229-03
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
58
SEN00230-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
2 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00230-01
1. Machine monitor
1) Remove 2 mounting bolts and cover (1).
a One of the mounting bolts is installed
in the cover on the right of the day-
light sensor.
a While removing the mounting bolts,
disconnect connector P31 of the day-
light sensor.
2) Remove cover (2).
a The cover is fixed with clips. Remove 2. Engine controller
it by pull it up. 1) Open the engine hood.
a While removing the cover, discon- a The engine controller is mounted on
nect connector M04 of the cigarette the engine (on the counterweight
lighter. side).
2) Insert or connect troubleshooting T-adapt-
ers in or to connectors CE01, CE02, and
CE03 of engine controller (5).
a Connectors CE01 and CE02 are fixed
with screws. When disconnecting
them, loosen the screws.
a When returning connectors CE01 and
CE02, tighten the screws to the spec-
ified torque.
3 Screw: 3 ± 1 Nm {0.3 ± 0.1 kgm}
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
4 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00230-01
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
7. Supply pump IMV solenoid (FUEL REGU- a Precautions for connecting connector
LATOR) Take care not to connect the connector
a Disconnection and connection of con- reversely.
nector Engage lock (e) on the wiring harness side
The connector of the supply pump IMV with triangular notch (f) on the sensor side
solenoid has a special locking mecha- (Do not engage lock (e) with square guide
nism. Disconnect it according to steps (a) (g) on the opposite side of triangular notch
– (b) and connect it according to steps (c) (f)).
– (d) as shown below.
Disconnection: (a) Unlock – (b) Discon-
nect connector.
Connection: (c) Connect connector – (d)
Lock.
6 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00230-01
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
8 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00230-01
Pm Clinic service 1
Model name Serial No. Service meter
T PC200-8
h
T PC220-8 T LC
User's name Date of execution Inspector
/ /
Specifications
Main components Attachments Shoe width
Boom T Standard T ( ) T Breaker T 600 mm
Arm T Standard T ( ) T( ) T 700 mm
Bucket T Standard T ( ) T( ) T( )
Check of oil/coolant level
T Radiator coolant When necessary
T Machinery case oil
T Engine oil T Damper case oil
T( )
T Hydraulic oil T Final drive case oil
Ambient temperature Altitude
°C m
Operator's opinion
Mechanical equipment system fault history Electrical equipment system fault history
989EKX times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
AA10NX times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
AB00KE times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
B@BAZG times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
B@BAZK times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
B@BCNS times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
B@BCZK times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
B@HANS times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
CA234 times/1st time h/last h times/1st time h/last h
Max. range of engine coolant temperature gauge Max. range of hydraulic oil temperature gauge
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
10 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00230-01
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
1. Engine
Checking condition
Standard Mea-
Service limit
Good
Fuel Work- Auto- Operation of
Bad
No. Check item Left knob Unit value for new sured
control ing decel- work value
switch machine value
dial mode eration equipment
1 Engine speed rpm 1,990 – 2,130 1,990 – 2,130
All levers in
Engine oil MAX MPa Min. 0.29 0.25
2 neutral
pressure {kg/cm2} {Min. 3.0} {2.5}
OFF
3 Engine speed rpm 1,000 – 1,100 1,000 – 1,100
All levers in
Engine oil MIN OFF MPa Min. 0.10 0.07
4 neutral
pressure P {kg/cm2} {Min. 1.0} {0.7}
5 Engine speed rpm 1,850 – 2,050 1,850 – 2,050
Blow-by ON Arm IN relief kPa Max. 0.98 1.96
6
pressure MAX {mmH2O} {Max. 100} {200}
Engine oil All levers in
7 ON OFF rpm 1,300 – 1,500 1,300 – 1,500
pressure neutral
Good
Fuel Work-
Bad
No. Check item Unit value for new sured
control ing Checking posture, etc. value
machine value
dial mode
1 Boom RAISE Work equipment extended fully sec 2.9 – 3.7 Max. 4.7
P
sec 3.1 – 3.9 Max. 4.5
2 Arm IN E sec 3.1 – 3.9 Max. 4.5
Boom top horizontal
L sec 6.0 – 7.4 Max. 7.7
3 Arm OUT sec 2.4 – 3.0 Max. 3.5
Boom top horizontal
4 Bucket CURL sec 2.3 – 2.9 Max. 3.3
Arm cylinder retracted fully
MAX Work equipment extended fully
5 Swing (5 turns) sec 21.7 – 26.7 Max. 30
Swing right and left
STD 46.2 – 56.4 46.2 – 60.4
P LO sec
LC 50.3 – 61.5 50.3 – 65.5
One side of track STD 33.7 – 41.3 33.7 – 45.3
Travel
6 pushed up and turned MI sec
(5 idle turns) LC 36.7 – 44.9 36.7 – 48.9
forward and backward
STD 25.2 – 27.8 25.2 – 29.8
HI sec
LC 27.3 – 30.3 27.3 – 32.3
12 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00230-01
Good
Fuel Work-
Bad
No. Check item Unit value for new sured
control ing Checking posture, etc. value
machine value
dial mode
Boom top horizontal
Hydraulic drift of mm/
1 Engine stopped Arm cylinder retracted fully Max. 600 Max. 900
bucket tip 15 min
Bucket loaded
4. Hydraulic circuit
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
Checking condition
600K 600K 600K 600K 60K
Good
Bad
No. Checked part
Fuel Work-
Left knob Operation of work F pump R pump F pump R pump
control ing Control
switch equipment main main LS LS
dial mode
Self pressure A
1 All lever in neutral — — — —
reducing valve
OFF
Main relief valve B B B B
2 —
(Low pressure)
Arm out relief
Main relief valve C C C C
3 ON —
(Low pressure)
D1 D1 D2 D2
4 Unload valve All levers in neutral —
Checked oil pressure Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value
A (Control circuit basic pressure) 2.93 – 3.43 {30 – 35} 2.74 – 3.43 {28 – 35}
B (Work equipment relief pressure,
33.8 – 35.8 {345 – 365} 33.3 – 36.8 {340 – 375}
Standard value
low)
C (Work equipment relief pressure,
MPa 36.3 – 38.3 {370 – 380} 36.3 – 39.2 {370 – 400}
high)
{kg/cm2}
D (Unload pressure) D1 – D2 = 2.5 – 4.5 {26 – 46} D1 – D2 = 2.5 – 4.5 {26 – 46}
E (LS differential pressure) E1 – E2 = 1.7 – 1.9 {17 – 19} E1 – E2 = 1.7 – 1.9 {17 – 19}
F (Swing relief pressure) 28.8 – 31.8 {295 – 325} 28.4 – 32.3 {290 – 330}
G (Travel relief pressure) 36.7 – 39.7 {375 – 405} 36.8 – 40.2 {375 – 410}
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Good
Bad
No. Check item Fuel Work-
Left knob Operation of work F pump R pump F pump R pump
control ing Control
switch equipment main main servo servo
dial mode
H1 H1 H2 H2
8 Servo piston MAX P OFF Arm out relief —
Checked oil pressure Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value
Standard value
H1 : H2 = 1 : 0.6
H (Servo control pressure) —
(Oil pressure ratio)
* Gauge changing work: Change [3] and [4] to 60K and change hoses of [3], [4], and [5].
[1] [2] [3b] [4b] [5a]
Checking condition
600K 600K 60K 60K 60K
Good
Bad
No. Check item Fuel Work-
Left knob Operation of work F pump R pump F pump R pump
control ing LS-EPC
switch equipment main main (F) (R)
dial mode
J1 J1
MIN — — —
P
J2 J2
— — —
PC-EPC (F)
valve J3 J3
9 E All levers in neutral — — —
PC-EPC (R)
valve J4 J4
L — — —
OFF J5 J5
B — — —
MAX
Travel speed: Lo K1
— — — —
travel lever in neutral
Travel speed: Mi K2
Travel lever oper- — — — —
10 LS-EPC valve P
ated
Travel speed: Hi K3
Travel lever oper- — — — —
ated
Checked oil pressure Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value
J1 (PC-EPC valve output pressure 1) Approx. 2.9 {Approx. 30}
J2 (PC-EPC valve output pressure 2) Approx. 0.7 {Approx. 7}
Standard value
14 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00230-01
Model Serial No. Service meter User's name Date of execution Inspector
/ /
1. Engine
Checking condition
Standard Mea-
Service limit
Good
Fuel Work- Auto- Operation of
Bad
No. Check item Left knob Unit value for new sured
control ing decel- work value
switch machine value
dial mode eration equipment
1 Engine speed rpm 2,090 – 2,230 2,090 – 2,230
All levers in
Engine oil MAX MPa Min. 0.29 0.25
2 neutral
pressure {kg/cm2} {Min. 3.0} {2.5}
OFF
3 Engine speed rpm 1,000 – 1,100 1,000 – 1,100
All levers in
Engine oil MIN OFF MPa Min. 0.10 0.07
4 neutral
pressure P {kg/cm2} {Min. 1.0} {0.7}
5 Engine speed rpm 1,850 – 2,050 1,850 – 2,050
Blow-by ON Arm IN relief kPa Max. 0.98 1.96
6
pressure MAX {mmH2O} {Max. 100} {200}
Engine oil All levers in
7 ON OFF rpm 1,300 – 1,500 1,300 – 1,500
pressure neutral
Good
Fuel Work-
Bad
No. Check item Unit value for new sured
control ing Checking posture, etc. value
machine value
dial mode
1 Boom RAISE Work equipment extended fully sec 3.1 – 3.9 Max. 4.9
P
sec 3.6 – 4.4 Max. 4.7
2 Arm IN E sec 3.8 – 4.6 Max. 4.9
L Boom top horizontal sec 7.0 – 8.6 Max. 9.0
2.7 – 3.3 Max. 3.5
3 Arm OUT sec
2.8 – 3.4 Max. 3.5
Boom top horizontal
4 Bucket CURL sec 2.4 – 3.0 Max. 3.3
Arm cylinder retracted fully
MAX
Work equipment extended fully
5 Swing (5 turns) sec 22.9 – 28.5 Max. 31
Swing right and left
P STD 48.7 – 59.6 48.7 – 63.3
LO sec
LC 52.8 – 64.6 52.8 – 68.6
One side of track STD 35.6 – 43.6 35.6 – 47.6
Travel
6 pushed up and turned MI sec
(5 idle turns) LC 38.6 – 46.9 38.6 – 51.2
forward and backward
STD 26.7 – 29.5 26.7 – 31.5
HI sec
LC 28.9 – 31.9 28.9 – 33.9
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
Good
Fuel Work-
Bad
No. Check item Unit value for new sured
control ing Checking posture, etc. value
machine value
dial mode
Boom top horizontal
Hydraulic drift of mm/
1 Engine stopped Arm cylinder retracted fully Max. 600 Max. 900
bucket tip 15 min
Bucket loaded
4. Hydraulic circuit
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
Checking condition
600K 600K 600K 600K 60K
Good
Bad
No. Checked part
Fuel Work-
Left knob Operation of work F pump R pump F pump R pump
control ing Control
switch equipment main main LS LS
dial mode
Self pressure A
1 All lever in neutral — — — —
reducing valve
OFF
Main relief valve B B B B
2 —
(Low pressure)
Arm out relief
Main relief valve C C C C
3 ON —
(Low pressure)
D1 D1 D2 D2
4 Unload valve All levers in neutral —
Checked oil pressure Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value
A (Control circuit basic pressure) 2.93 – 3.43 {30 – 35} 2.74 – 3.43 {28 – 35}
B (Work equipment relief pressure,
33.8 – 35.8 {345 – 365} 33.3 – 36.8 {340 – 375}
Standard value
low)
C (Work equipment relief pressure,
MPa 36.3 – 38.3 {370 – 380} 36.3 – 39.2 {370 – 400}
high)
{kg/cm2}
D (Unload pressure) D1 – D2 = 2.5 – 4.5 {26 – 46} D1 – D2 = 2.5 – 4.5 {26 – 46}
E (LS differential pressure) E1 – E2 = 1.7 – 1.9 {17 – 19} E1 – E2 = 1.7 – 1.9 {17 – 19}
F (Swing relief pressure) 28.8 – 31.8 {295 – 325} 28.4 – 32.3 {290 – 330}
G (Travel relief pressure) 36.7 – 39.7 {375 – 405} 36.8 – 40.2 {375 – 410}
16 PC200, 220-8
30 Testing and adjusting SEN00230-01
Good
Bad
No. Check item Fuel Work-
Left knob Operation of work F pump R pump F pump R pump
control ing Control
switch equipment main main servo servo
dial mode
8 Servo piston MAX P OFF Arm out relief H1 H1 H2 H2 —
Checked oil pressure Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value
Standard value
H1 : H2 = 1 : 0.6
H (Servo control pressure) —
(Oil pressure ratio)
* Gauge changing work: Change [3] and [4] to 60K and change hoses of [3], [4], and [5].
[1] [2] [3b] [4b] [5a]
Checking condition
600K 600K 60K 60K 60K
Good
Bad
No. Check item
Fuel Work-
Left knob Operation of work F pump R pump PC-EPC PC-EPC
control ing LS-EPC
switch equipment main main (F) (R)
dial mode
J1 J1
MIN — — —
P
J2 J2
— — —
PC-EPC (F)
valve J3 J3
9 E All levers in neutral — — —
PC-EPC (R)
valve J4 J4
L — — —
OFF
J5 J5
MAX B — — —
Travel speed: Lo K1
— — — —
travel lever in neutral
Travel speed: Mi K2
10 LS-EPC valve P — — — —
Travel lever operated
Travel speed: Hi K3
— — — —
Travel lever operated
Checked oil pressure Unit Standard value for new machine Service limit value
J1 (PC-EPC valve output pressure 1) Approx. 2.9 {Approx. 30}
J2 (PC-EPC valve output pressure 2) Approx. 0.7 {Approx. 7}
Standard value
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00230-01 30 Testing and adjusting
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 03-06 (01)
18 PC200, 220-8
SEN03308-00
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
Failure code table and fuse locations
Failure code table and fuse locations ............................................................................................................. 2
Failure codes table ............................................................................................................................... 2
Fuse locations ...................................................................................................................................... 7
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN03308-00 40 Troubleshooting
2 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN03308-00
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN03308-00 40 Troubleshooting
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN03308-00
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN03308-00 40 Troubleshooting
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN03308-00
Fuse locations 1
Connection table of fuse box
a This connection table shows the devices to which each power supply of the fuse box supplies power (A
switch power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the ON position and
a constant power supply is a device which supplies power while the starting switch is in the OFF and ON
positions).
a When carrying out troubleshooting related to the electrical system, you should check the fuses and fus-
ible links to see if the power is supplied normally.
Type of
Fuse
power Fusible link Fuse No. Destination of power
capacity
supply
Lamp relay, rear lamp relay, cab lamp relay
PC-EPC (F) solenoid valve, PC-EPC (R) solenoid valve
1 10 A [When pump drive switch is operated in emergency]
Swing holding brake solenoid valve
[When swing holding brake release switch is operated]
2 30 A Pump controller (Solenoid power supply)
Switch power F04
supply (60 A) PPC oil pressure lock solenoid valve
3 10 A Starting motor cut-out relay (PPC lock)
Starting motor cut-out relay (Personal code)
Cigarette lighter
4 10 A
Windshield washer motor
5 10 A Horn relay, horn
6 10 A Electrical intake air heater relay
7 10 A Rotary lamp
Switch power F04 8 20 A Right headlamp, working lamp (boom), working lamp (rear)
supply (60 A) Radio
9 10 A
Left knob switch (pump controller input)
10 10 A (Spare)
Air conditioner unit
11 20 A
Air conditioner compressor electromagnetic clutch
12 10 A (Spare)
Switch power F04
13 10 A Headlamp
supply (60 A)
14 10 A Optional power supply (1)
Travel alarm
15 10 A
Optional power supply (2)
Radio (backup power supply)
16 10 A
Room lamp
Starting switch
Constant F05
17 20 A Machine monitor
power supply (30 A)
Pump controller
18 10 A (Spare)
19 30 A Engine controller
Switch power Starting switch
20 5A Engine controller (ACC signal)
supply ACC
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN03308-00 40 Troubleshooting
8 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN03308-00
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN03308-00 40 Troubleshooting
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN03308-00
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN03308-00
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
12
SEN00231-03
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
General information on troubleshooting
General information on troubleshooting.......................................................................................................... 2
Points to remember when troubleshooting........................................................................................... 2
Sequence of events in troubleshooting ................................................................................................ 3
Check before troubleshooting .............................................................................................................. 4
Classification and procedures for troubleshooting ............................................................................... 5
How to read electric wire code ............................................................................................................. 9
Connection table for connector pin numbers ..................................................................................... 12
T- branch box and T- branch adapter table ........................................................................................ 46
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
1. When carrying out troubleshooting, do not 3) Check the travel of the control levers.
hurry to disassemble the components. 4) Check the stroke of the control valve
If components are disassembled immediately spool.
any failure occurs: 5) Other maintenance items can be checked
q Parts that have no connection with the fail- externally, so check any item that is con-
ure or other unnecessary parts will be dis- sidered to be necessary.
assembled.
4. Confirming failure
q It will become impossible to find the cause
q Confirm the extent of the failure yourself,
of the failure.
and judge whether to handle it as a real
It will also cause a waste of manhours, parts,
failure or as a problem with the method of
or oil or grease, and at the same time, will also
operation, etc.
lose the confidence of the user or operator.
a When operating the machine to reen-
For this reason, when carrying out trouble-
act the troubleshooting symptoms, do
shooting, it is necessary to carry out thorough
not carry out any investigation or
prior investigation and to carry out trouble-
measurement that may make the
shooting in accordance with the fixed proce-
problem worse.
dure.
5. Troubleshooting
2. Points to ask user or operator
q Use the results of the investigation and
1) Have any other problems occurred apart
inspection in Items 2 – 4 to narrow down
from the problem that has been reported?
the causes of failure, then use the trouble-
2) Was there anything strange about the
shooting flowchart to locate the position of
machine before the failure occurred?
the failure exactly.
3) Did the failure occur suddenly, or were
a The basic procedure for troubleshoot-
there problems with the machine condition
ing is as follows.
before this?
1) Start from the simple points.
4) Under what conditions did the failure
2) Start from the most likely points.
occur?
3) Investigate other related parts or
5) Had any repairs been carried out before
information.
the failure?
When were these repairs carried out? 6. Measures to remove root cause of failure
6) Has the same kind of failure occurred q Even if the failure is repaired, if the root
before? cause of the failure is not repaired, the
same failure will occur again.
3. Check before troubleshooting
To prevent this, always investigate why
1) Check the oil level
the problem occurred. Then, remove the
2) Check for any external leakage of oil from
root cause.
the piping or hydraulic equipment.
2 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
1. Procedure for troubleshooting to be taken when user code and failure code are displayed on
machine monitor:
If a user code and a failure code are displayed on the machine monitor, carry out the troubleshooting for
the corresponding "Display of code" according to the displayed failure code.
2. When electrical system error code or mechanical system error code is recorded in abnormality
record:
If a user code and a failure code are not displayed on the machine monitor, check a mechanical system
failure code and an electrical system failure code with the abnormality record function of the machine
monitor.
If a code is recorded, carry out troubleshooting for the corresponding "Display of code" according to
the recorded code.
a If an electrical system failure code is recorded, delete all the codes and reproduce them, and then
see if the trouble is still detected.
a An error code of the mechanical system cannot be deleted.
a If a trouble is displayed in the air conditioner abnormality record or heater abnormality record by the
abnormality record function, carry out the corresponding troubleshooting in E-mode.
3. When user code and failure code is not displayed and no failure code is recorded in abnormality
record:
If a user code and failure code are not displayed on the machine monitor and no failure code is recorded
in the abnormality record, a trouble that the machine cannot find out by itself may have occurred in the
electrical system or hydraulic and mechanical system.
In this case, check the phenomenon looking like a trouble again and select the same phenomenon from
the table of "Phenomena looking like troubles and troubleshooting Nos.", and then carry out trouble-
shooting corresponding to that phenomenon in the "E-mode", "H-mode", or "S-mode".
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena looking like troubles Display
E-mode H-mode S-mode
of code
Phenomena related to user code/failure code
User code and failure code are displayed on ordinary screen of machine
1
monitor Accord-
When abnormality record is checked, failure code is displayed in ing to dis-
2
mechanical system abnormality record played
When abnormality record is checked, failure code is displayed in code
3
electrical system abnormality record
When abnormality record is checked, failure code is displayed in air
4 E-23
conditioner or heater abnormality record
Phenomena related to engine
5 Starting performance is poor S-1
6 Engine does not start E-3 S-2
7 Engine does not pick up smoothly S-3
8 Engine stops during operations S-4
9 Engine does not rotate smoothly S-5
10 Engine lacks output (or lacks power) S-6
11 Exhaust smoke is black (incomplete combustion) S-7
12 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust smoke is blue) S-8
13 Oil becomes contaminated quickly S-9
14 Fuel consumption is excessive S-10
15 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down) S-11
16 Oil pressure drops S-12
17 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant/fuel) S-13
18 Coolant temperature becomes too high (overheating) S-14
19 Abnormal noise is made S-15
20 Vibration is excessive S-16
21 Preheater does not operate E-4
22 Automatic warm-up system does not operate (in cold season) E-5
23 Auto-decelerator does not operate normally E-15 H-5
Phenomena related to work equipment/swing/travel
Work equipment, swing, and travel mechanism do not move or cannot
24 E-6 H-3
be locked
25 Speed or power of whole work equipment, swing, and travel is low H-1
26 Engine speed lowers extremely or engine stalls H-2 S-6
27 Working mode does not change E-16
28 Abnormal sound comes out from around hydraulic pump H-4
29 Fine control performance or response is low H-6
Phenomena related to work equipment
30 Speed or power of boom is low H-7
31 Speed or power of arm is low H-8
32 Speed or power of bucket is low H-9
33 Work equipment does not move singly H-10
34 Hydraulic drift of work equipment is large H-11
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena looking like troubles Display
E-mode H-mode S-mode
of code
35 Time lag of work equipment is large H-12
When part of work equipment is relieved singly, other parts of work
36 H-13
equipment move
37 Power maximizing function does not work E20 H-14
38 Attachment circuit is not changed (when attachment is installed) H-29
Oil flow in attachment circuit cannot be controlled (when attachment is
39 H-30
installed)
Phenomena related to compound operation
In compound operation of work equipment, speed of part loaded more is
40 H-15
low
When machine swings and raises boom simultaneously, boom rising
41 H-16
speed is low
When machine swings and travels simultaneously, travel speed lowers
42 H-17
largely
Phenomena related to travel
43 Machine deviates during travel H-18
44 Travel speed is low H-19
45 Machine is not steered well or steering power is low H-20
46 Travel speed does not change or travel speed is low/high E-17 H-21
47 Travel system does not move (only one side) H-22
48 Travel alarm does not sound or does not stop sounding E-22
Phenomena related to swing
49 Upper structure does not swing H-23
50 Swing acceleration or swing speed is low H-24
51 Upper structure overruns remarkably when it stops swinging H-25
52 Large shock is made when upper structure stops swinging H-26
53 Large sound is made when upper structure stops swinging H-27
Swing holding brake does not operate normally
54 E-21 H-28
Hydraulic drift of swing is large
Phenomena related to machine monitor
55 When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing E-1
When starting switch turned ON (before starting engine), basic check
56 E-2
item lights up
57 Precaution lights up while engine is running E-7
58 Emergency stop item lights up while engine is running E-8
59 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-9
60 Hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally E-10
61 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally E-11
Contents of display by machine monitor are different from applicable
62 E-12
machine
63 Machine monitor does not display some items E-13
64 Function switch does not work E-14
65 Alarm buzzer cannot be stopped E-18
66 Windshield wiper and window washer do not operate E-19
67 Air conditioner does not operate normally E-23
68 When starting switch is turned OFF, service meter is not displayed E-24
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
No. Phenomena looking like troubles Display
E-mode H-mode S-mode
of code
69 Machine monitor cannot be set in service mode E-25
70 Monitoring function does not display lever control signal normally E-26
Other phenomena
71 KOMTRAX system does not operate normally E-27
8 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
In the electric circuit diagram, the material, thickness, and color of each electric wire are indicated by sym-
bols. The electric wire code is helpful in understanding the electric circuit diagram.
Example: AEX 0.85 L - - - Indicates blue, heat-resistant, low-voltage wire for automobile, having nominal No. of 0.85
(Table 1)
Using tem-
Type Symbol Material perature Example of use for reference
range (°C)
Annealed copper for
Conductor
Low-voltage wire for electric appliance General wiring
AV
automobile (Nominal No. 8 and above)
Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
–30 to +60
Annealed copper for AVS: General wiring
Conductor
Thin-cover, low-voltage AVS electric appliance (Nominal No. 3 – 5)
wire for automobile AVSS AVSS: General wiring
Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride (Nominal No. 2)
Annealed copper for
Conductor General wiring in extremely cold
Heat-resistant, low-volt- electric appliance
AEX –50 to +110 district, wiring at high-
age wire for automobile Heat-resistant
Insulator temperature place
crosslinked polyethylene
Annealed copper for
Thin-cover, low-voltage, Conductor
electric appliance General wiring
circularly compressed CAVS –30 to +60
(Nominal No. 0.5 – 1.25)
wire for automobile Insulator Soft polyvinyl chloride
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
2. Dimensions
AV Standard — — — — — — — —
AEX Standard 2.0 2.2 2.7 3.0 3.1 — 3.8 4.6
AVSS Standard — — — 2.7 2.7 — — —
AV Standard 5.5 7.0 8.2 10.8 11.4 13.0 13.6 16.0 17.6
AEX Standard 5.3 7.0 8.2 10.8 11.4 13.0 13.6 16.0 17.6
AVSS Standard — — — — — — — — —
CAVS
(Table 3)
Nominal No. 0.5 0.85 1.25
Number of strands/
7/Compressed circularly 11/Compressed circularly 16/Compressed circularly
Diameter of strand
Conductor Sectional area
0.56 0.88 1.29
(mm2)
d (Approx.) 0.9 1.1 1.4
Cover D CAVS Standard 1.7 1.9 2.2
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
(Table 4)
Color Code Color of wire Color Code Color of wire
B Black LgW Light green & White
Br Brown LgY Light green & Yellow
BrB Brown & Black LR Blue & Red
BrR Brown & Red LW Blue & White
BrW Brown & White LY Blue & Yellow
BrY Brown & Yellow O Orange
Ch Charcoal P Pink
Dg Dark green R Red
G Green RB Red & Black
GB Green & Black RG Red & Green
GL Green & Blue RL Red & Blue
Gr Gray RW Red & White
GR Green & Red RY Red & Yellow
GW Green & White Sb Sky Blue
GY Green & Yellow Y Yellow
L Blue YB Yellow & Black
LB Blue & Black YG Yellow &Green
Lg Light green YL Yellow & Blue
LgB Light green & Black YR Yellow & Red
LgR Light green & Red YW Yellow & White
Remarks: In a color code consisting of 2 colors, the first color is the color of the background and the
second color is the color of the marking.
Example: “GW” means that the background is Green and marking is White.
(Table 5)
Type of wire AVS or AV AEX
Charge R WG — — — — R —
Ground B — — — — — B —
Start R — — — — — R —
Light RW RB RY RG RL — D —
Instrument Y YR YB YG YL YW Y Gr
Signal G GW GR GY GB GL G Br
L LW LR LY LB — L —
Type of
Br BrW BrR BrY BrB — — —
circuit
Lg LgR LgY LgB LgW — — —
O — — — — — — —
Others Gr — — — — — — —
P — — — — — — —
Sb — — — — — — —
Dg — — — — — — —
Ch — — — — — — —
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
a The terms of male and female refer to the pins, while the terms of male housing and female housing
refer to the mating portion of the housing.
12 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
14 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
16 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
18 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
20 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
22 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
24 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
26 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
28 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
30 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
32 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
34 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
36 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
38 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
40 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
42 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
44 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
a The vertical column indicates a part number of T-branch box or T-branch adapter while the horizontal
column indicates a part number of harness checker assembly.
T-adapter kit
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4101
799-601-4201
Out of kit
Identification
Part No. Part name
symbol
46 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
T-adapter kit
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4101
799-601-4201
Out of kit
Identification
Part No. Part name
symbol
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00231-03 40 Troubleshooting
T-adapter kit
Number of pins
799-601-2500
799-601-2700
799-601-2800
799-601-7000
799-601-7100
799-601-7400
799-601-7500
799-601-8000
799-601-9000
799-601-9100
799-601-9200
799-601-9300
799-601-4101
799-601-4201
Out of kit
Identification
Part No. Part name
symbol
799-601-9330 Case q
799-601-9340 Case q
799-601-9350 Adapter for DRC 40 DRC-40 q
799-601-9360 Adapter for DRC 24 DRC-24 q
799-601-9410* Socket for engine (CRI-T2) 2 G q
Adapter for engine (CRI-T2)
799-601-9420 3 A3 q q
Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) PFUEL
Socket for engine (CRI-T2)
799-601-9430* 2 P q q
Socket for engine (CRI-T3) PCV
799-601-9440* Socket for engine (CRI-T2) 3 1,2,3 q
795-799-5520* Socket for engine (HPI-T2) 2 S q
Socket for engine (HPI-T2)
795-799-5530* Socket for engine (CRI-T3) 2 C q q
Temperature sensor
Socket for engine (HPI-T2)
795-799-5540* 2 A q q
Socket for engine (CRI-T3) TIM
795-799-5460 Cable for engine (HPI-T2) 3 — q
795-799-5470 Cable for engine (HPI-T2) 3 — q
795-799-5480 Cable for engine (HPI-T2) 3 — q
799-601-4110 Adapter for engine (140-T3) PIM 4 ITT3N q q
799-601-4130 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) NE, CAM 3 FCIN q q
Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
799-601-4140 3 FCIG q q
Atomosphere pressure
799-601-4150 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) POIL 3 FCIB q q
Adapter for engine (CRI-T3)
799-601-4160 2 4160 q q
Oil pressure switch
799-601-4180 Adapter for engine (CRI-T3) PEVA 3 4180 q q
Socket for engine (CRI-T3)
799-601-4190* 3 1,2,3L q q
Commonrail pressure
Socket for engine (CRI-T3)
799-601-4230* 4 1,2,3,4C q q
Air intake pressure/temperature
799-601-4240* Socket for engine (CRI-T3) PAMB 3 1,2,3A q q
799-601-4250* Socket for engine (CRI-T3) PIM 3 1,2,3B q q
799-601-4330* Socket for engine (CRI-T3) G 3 1,2,3,G q q
Socket for engine (CRI-T3)
799-601-4340* 2 2,PA q q
Pump actuator
Socket for engine (CRI-T3)(95)
799-601-4380* 4 1,2,3,4T q
Air intake pressure/temperature
799-601-4260 Adapter for controller (ENG) 4 DTP4 q q
799-601-4211 Adapter for controller (ENG) 50 DRC50 q
799-601-4220 Adapter for controller (ENG) 60 DRC60 q
799-601-4390* Socket for controller (95 ENG) 60 — q
799-601-4280 Box for controller (PUMP) 121 — q
799-601-9720 Adapter for controller (HST) 16 HST16A q
799-601-9710 Adapter for controller (HST) 16 HST16B q
799-601-9730 Adapter for controller (HST) 26 HST26A q
2,
Multi-adapter for
799-601-9890 3, — q
DT2 – 4 and DTM2
4,
48 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00231-03
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00231-03
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
50
SEN00240-03
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code
(Display of code), Part 1
Failure code [989L00] Engine Controller Lock Caution 1..................................................................... 4
Failure code [989M00] Engine Controller Lock Caution 2.................................................................... 4
Failure code [989N00] Engine Controller Lock Caution 3 .................................................................... 5
Failure code [AA10NX] Air Cleaner Clogging ...................................................................................... 5
Failure code [AB00KE] Charge Voltage Low ....................................................................................... 6
Failure code [B@BAZG] Eng Oil Press. Low ....................................................................................... 8
Failure code [B@BAZK] Eng Oil Level Low ......................................................................................... 8
Failure code [B@BCNS] Eng Water Overheat..................................................................................... 9
Failure code [B@BCZK] Eng Water Level Low.................................................................................... 9
Failure code [B@HANS] Hydr Oil Overheat....................................................................................... 10
Failure code [CA111] EMC Critical Internal Failure ............................................................................ 10
Failure code [CA115] Eng Ne and Bkup Speed Sens Error ................................................................11
Failure code [CA122] Chg Air Press Sensor High Error .................................................................... 12
Failure code [CA123] Chg Air Press Sensor Low Error ..................................................................... 14
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
2 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
8 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
12 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
14 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
16 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
18 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
20 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
22 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
24 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
26 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
28 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
30 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
32 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
34 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
36 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
38 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
and standard Short circuit in wiring har- without turning starting switch ON.
value in normal 3 ness (with another wiring Wiring harness between CE01 (female) (2) –
harness) Resis- Min. 100
state each of CE01 (female) pins (With all wiring
tance kz
harness connectors disconnected)
Connecting parts between supply pump actuator – engine wiring
harness – engine controller may be defective. Check them directly.
Defective wiring harness
4 • Looseness of connector, breakage of lock, or breakage of seal
connector
• Corrosion, bend, breakage, push-in, or expansion of pin
• Moisture or dirt in connector or defective insulation
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
without turning starting switch ON.
5 Defective engine controller
CE01 (female) Resistance
Between (2) – chassis ground Min. 100 kz
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
40 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
42 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
44 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
46 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
48 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
50 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00240-03 40 Troubleshooting
52 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00240-03
PC200, 220-8 53
SEN00240-03
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
54
SEN00241-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code
(Display of code), Part 2
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 2 .............................................................................. 3
Failure code [CA342] Calibration Code Incompatibility ........................................................................ 3
Failure code [CA351] Injectors Drive Circuit Error ............................................................................... 4
Failure code [CA352] Sens Supply 1 Volt Low Error............................................................................ 6
Failure code [CA386] Sens Supply 1 Volt High Error........................................................................... 8
Failure code [CA428] Water in Fuel Sensor High Error ..................................................................... 10
Failure code [CA429] Water in Fuel Sensor Low Error ...................................................................... 12
Failure code [CA435] Eng Oil Press Sw Error ................................................................................... 14
Failure code [CA441] Battery Voltage Low Error ............................................................................... 15
Failure code [CA442] Battery Voltage High Error............................................................................... 18
Failure code [CA449] Rail Press Very High Error .............................................................................. 20
Failure code [CA451] Rail Press Sensor High Error .......................................................................... 22
Failure code [CA452] Rail Press Sensor Low Error ........................................................................... 24
Failure code [CA488] Chg Air Temp High Torque Derate .................................................................. 26
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 PC200, 220-8
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
Possible causes a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
and standard Short circuit in wiring har- without turning starting switch ON.
value in normal 3 ness (with another wiring Wiring harness between CE01 (female) (14)
harness) Resis- Min. 100
state – each of CE01 (female) pins (With all wiring
tance kz
harness connectors disconnected)
Connecting parts between water-in-fuel sensor – engine wiring har-
ness – engine controller may be defective. Check them directly.
Defective wiring harness
4 • Looseness of connector, breakage of lock, or breakage of seal
connector
• Corrosion, bend, breakage, push-in, or expansion of pin
• Moisture or dirt in connector or defective insulation
a Prepare with starting switch OFF, then carry out troubleshooting
without turning starting switch ON.
5 Defective engine controller CE01 (female) Resistance
Between (14) – (47) Max. 10 z
Between (14) – chassis ground Min. 100 kz
12 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
14 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
16 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
18 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 PC200, 220-8
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
24 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
26 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
28 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
30 PC200, 220-8
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
32 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
34 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
36 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
38 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
40 PC200, 220-8
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
42 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
44 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
46 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
48 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
Configuration drawing
50 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
52 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 53
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
54 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
Circuit diagram related to pump controller 5V sensor power supply output 1 (Overload alarm monitor
non-display specification)
PC200, 220-8 55
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
56 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 57
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
Circuit diagram related to pump controller 5V sensor power supply output 1 (Overload alarm monitor
display specification)
58 PC200, 220-8
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
60 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 61
SEN00241-01 40 Troubleshooting
PC220, 220LC-8
User code Failure code Model selection abnormality
Trouble
— DA29KQ (Pump controller system)
Contents of
• Model code signal for model which is not registered in controller is input.
trouble
Action of • Changes input model code to code of default model (PC200) and continues control.
controller • Even if cause of failure disappears, system does not reset itself until starting switch is turned OFF.
Problem that
appears on • Since control is carried out on assumption that model is PC200, power or speed is low.
machine
• Model code of pump controller can be checked with monitoring function.
(Code: 00200 Controller model code)
Related infor-
• Condition of model selection signal can be checked with monitoring function.
mation
(Code: 02201 Switch input 2)
• Method of reproducing failure code: Turn starting switch ON.
62 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00241-01
PC200, 220-8 63
SEN00241-01
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 03-06 (01)
64
SEN00242-03
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code
(Display of code), Part 3
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 3 .............................................................................. 4
Failure code [DA2RMC] CAN Discon (Pump Con Detected) ............................................................... 4
Failure code [DAF8KB] Short circuit in camera power supply ............................................................. 6
Failure code [DAFGMC] GPS Module Error ........................................................................................ 8
Failure code [DAFRMC] CAN Discon (Monitor Detected).................................................................. 10
Failure code [DGH2KB] Hydr Oil Sensor Short.................................................................................. 12
Failure code [DHPAMA] F Pump Press Sensor Abnormality ............................................................. 14
Failure code [DHPBMA] R Pump Press Sensor Abnormality ............................................................ 16
Failure code [DHS3MA] Arm Curl PPC Press Sensor Abnormality ................................................... 18
Failure code [DHS4MA] Bucket Curl PPC Press Sensor Abnormality ............................................... 20
Failure code [DHS8MA] Boom Raise PPC Press Sensor Abnormality.............................................. 22
Failure code [DHSAMA] Swing RH PPC Press Sensor Abnormality ................................................. 24
Failure code [DHSBMA] Swing LH PPC Press Sensor Abnormality.................................................. 26
Failure code [DHSDMA] Bucket Dump PPC Press Sensor Abnormality ........................................... 28
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
2 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
8 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
12 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
14 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
16 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
18 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
20 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
22 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
24 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
26 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
28 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
30 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
32 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
34 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
36 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
38 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
40 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
42 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
44 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
46 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
48 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00242-03 40 Troubleshooting
50 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00242-03
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00242-03
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
52
SEN00243-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting by failure code
(Display of code), Part 4
Troubleshooting by failure code (Display of code), Part 4 .............................................................................. 4
Failure code [DXA8KA] PC-EPC (F) Sol Discon.................................................................................. 4
Failure code [DXA8KB] PC-EPC (F) Sol Short .................................................................................... 6
Failure code [DXA9KA] PC-EPC (R) Sol Discon ................................................................................. 8
Failure code [DXA9KB] PC-EPC (R) Sol Short.................................................................................. 10
Failure code [DXE0KA] LS-EPC Sol Discon ...................................................................................... 12
Failure code [DXE0KB] LS-EPC Sol Short ........................................................................................ 14
Failure code [DXE4KA] Service Current EPC Discon........................................................................ 16
Failure code [DXE4KB] Service Current EPC Short .......................................................................... 18
Failure code [DXE5KA] Merge-divider Main Sol Discon .................................................................... 20
Failure code [DXE5KB] Merge-divider Main Sol Short....................................................................... 22
Failure code [DXE6KA] Merge-divider LS Sol Discon........................................................................ 24
Failure code [DXE6KB] Merge-divider LS Sol Short .......................................................................... 26
Failure code [DY20KA] Wiper Working Abnormality .......................................................................... 28
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 PC200, 220-8
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
Circuit diagram related to PC-EPC (F) solenoid and PC-EPC (R) solenoid
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
Circuit diagram related to PC-EPC (F) solenoid and PC-EPC (R) solenoid
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
Circuit diagram related to PC-EPC (F) solenoid and PC-EPC (R) solenoid
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
Circuit diagram related to PC-EPC (F) solenoid and PC-EPC (R) solenoid
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
12 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
14 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
16 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
18 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
24 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
26 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
28 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
30 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
32 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
34 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
36 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00243-01 40 Troubleshooting
38 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00243-01
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00243-01
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 03-06 (01)
40
SEN00244-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of electrical system
(E-mode)
Troubleshooting of electrical system (E-mode)............................................................................................... 3
Before carrying out troubleshooting of electrical system...................................................................... 3
Information in troubleshooting table ..................................................................................................... 5
E-1 When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing ............................................ 6
E-2 When starting switch turned ON (before starting engine), basic check item lights up................... 8
E-3 Engine does not start (Engine does not turn) ...............................................................................11
E-4 Preheater does not operate......................................................................................................... 14
E-5 Automatic warm-up system does not operate (in cold season)................................................... 16
E-6 All work equipment, swing, and travel mechanism do not move or cannot be locked................. 18
E-7 Precaution lights up while engine is running ............................................................................... 20
E-8 Emergency stop item lights up while engine is running ............................................................... 25
E-9 Engine coolant temperature gauge does not indicate normally................................................... 26
E-10 Hydraulic oil temperature gauge does not indicate normally..................................................... 27
E-11 Fuel level gauge does not indicate normally.............................................................................. 29
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-12 Contents of display by machine monitor are different from applicable machine........................ 31
E-13 Machine monitor does not display some items.......................................................................... 31
E-14 Function switch does not work................................................................................................... 31
E-15 Auto-decelerator does not operate normally.............................................................................. 32
E-16 Working mode does not change ................................................................................................ 33
E-17 Travel speed does not change................................................................................................... 34
E-18 Alarm buzzer cannot be stopped ............................................................................................... 35
E-19 Windshield wiper and window washer do not operate............................................................... 36
E-20 Power maximizing function does not operate normally ............................................................. 38
E-21 Swing holding brake does not operate normally........................................................................ 40
E-22 Travel alarm does not sound or does not stop sounding ........................................................... 42
E-23 Air conditioner does not operate normally (including air conditioner abnormality record) ......... 44
E-24 While starting switch is in OFF position, service meter is not displayed.................................... 56
E-25 Machine monitor cannot be set in service mode ....................................................................... 56
E-26 Monitoring function does not display lever control signal normally............................................ 57
E-27 KOMTRAX system does not operate normally .......................................................................... 65
2 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Type of Fuse
Fusible link Fuse No. Destination of power
power supply capacity
Lamp relay, rear lamp relay, cab lamp relay
PC-EPC (F) solenoid valve, PC-EPC (R) solenoid valve
1 10 A [When pump drive switch is operated in emergency]
Swing holding brake solenoid valve
[When swing holding brake release switch is operated]
2 30 A Pump controller (Solenoid power supply)
Switch power F04
supply (60 A) PPC oil pressure lock solenoid valve
3 10 A Starting motor cut-out relay (PPC lock)
Starting motor cut-out relay (Personal code)
Cigarette lighter
4 10 A
Windshield washer motor
5 10 A Horn relay, horn
6 10 A Electrical intake air heater relay
7 10 A Rotary lamp
Switch power F04 8 20 A Right headlamp, working lamp (boom), working lamp (rear)
supply (60 A) Radio
9 10 A
Left knob switch (pump controller input)
10 10 A (Spare)
Air conditioner unit
11 20 A
Air conditioner compressor electromagnetic clutch
12 10 A (Spare)
Switch power F04
13 10 A Headlamp
supply (60 A)
14 10 A Optional power supply (1)
Travel alarm
15 10 A
Optional power supply (2)
Radio (backup power supply)
16 10 A
Room lamp
Starting switch
Constant F05
17 20 A Machine monitor
power supply (30 A)
Pump controller
18 10 A (Spare)
19 30 A Engine controller
Switch power Starting switch
20 5A Engine controller (ACC signal)
supply ACC
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-1 When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing1
Trouble • When starting switch turned ON, machine monitor displays nothing.
• When starting switch is turned ON, machine monitor displays KOMATSU logo, screen to input pass-
word (if set), screen to check breaker mode (if set), screen of check before starting, screen to check
Related infor-
working mode and travel speed, and ordinary screen in order.
mation
• When the engine is started, the battery voltage may lower suddenly, depending on the ambient tem-
perature and the condition of the battery.
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
12 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (1) When starting switch is turned to HEAT position, preheating monitor does not light up or flash.
• Preheater monitor lights up when starting switch is turned to HEAT and starts flashing about 30 seconds
after to notify completion of preheating (It stops flashing about 10 seconds after).
Related informa- • If engine coolant temperature is below 20°C, automatic warm-up system operates and preheating monitor
tion lights up for up to 30 seconds.
• Condition of starting switch (preheating) signal can be checked with the monitoring function.
(Code: 04500 Monitor input 1)
Trouble (2) When starting switch is turned to HEAT position, intake air heater mounting part does not become warm.
Related informa- • Check that engine can be turned with starting motor (If engine cannot be turned, carry out troubleshooting
tion for E-1 Engine does not start (Engine does not turn)).
14 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-5 Automatic warm-up system does not operate (in cold season) 1
Trouble • Automatic warm-up system does not operate (in cold season).
• When engine coolant temperature is below 30°C automatic warm-up system raises engine speed to
1,200 rpm.
• If fuel control dial is opened more than 70% for 3 seconds when starting switch is turned ON or after
Related infor-
engine is started, automatic warm-up system is turned OFF. (Automatic warm-up system stops auto-
mation
matically after operating for 10 minutes.)
• If engine coolant temperature is below 10°C turbocharger protection function operates to keep the
engine speed at low idle.
16 PC200, 220-8
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-6 All work equipment, swing, and travel mechanism do not move or
cannot be locked 1
Trouble (1) All work equipment, swing, and travel mechanism do not move.
Related infor-
mation
18 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Trouble (2) All work equipment, swing, and travel mechanism cannot be locked.
Related infor-
mation
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
24 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
(1) While engine coolant temperature is rising normally, temperature gauge does not rise from white
Trouble range (C).
(2) While engine coolant temperature is stabilized normally, temperature gauge rises to red range (H).
• Signals of engine coolant temperature sensor are input to engine controller and then transmitted to
Related infor- machine monitor through communication system.
mation • Engine coolant temperature can be checked with monitoring function.
(Code: 04107 Engine coolant temperature)
(3) Display of coolant temperature gauge is different from actual engine coolant temperature.
Trouble (4) Display of engine coolant temperature gauge is different from display of engine coolant temperature
monitor.
• Signals of engine coolant temperature sensor are input to engine controller and then transmitted to
Related infor- machine monitor through communication system.
mation • Engine coolant temperature can be checked with monitoring function.
(Code: 04107 Engine coolant temperature)
26 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
(1) While hydraulic oil temperature is rising normally, temperature gauge does not rise from white range
Trouble (C).
(2) While hydraulic oil temperature is stabilized normally, temperature gauge rises to red range (H).
• Signals of hydraulic oil temperature sensor are input to pump controller and then transmitted to
Related infor- machine monitor through communication system.
mation • Hydraulic oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function.
(Code: 04401 Hydraulic oil temperature)
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
(3) Display of hydraulic oil temperature gauge is different from actual hydraulic oil temperature.
Trouble (4) Display of hydraulic oil temperature gauge is different from display of hydraulic oil temperature mon-
itor.
• Signals of hydraulic oil temperature sensor are input to pump controller and then transmitted to
Related infor- machine monitor through communication system.
mation • Hydraulic oil temperature can be checked with monitoring function.
(Code: 04401 Hydraulic oil temperature)
28 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
(1) While fuel is added, fuel level gauge does not rise from red range (E).
Trouble
(2) While fuel level is low, fuel level gauge does not lower from green range top (F)
Related infor- • Signal voltage of fuel level sensor can be checked with monitoring function.
mation (Code: 04200 Fuel level sensor voltage)
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
(3) Display of fuel level gauge is different from actual fuel level.
Trouble
(4) Display of fuel level gauge is different from display of fuel level monitor.
Related infor- • Signal voltage of fuel level sensor can be checked with monitoring function.
mation (Code: 04200 Fuel level sensor voltage)
30 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Trouble Contents of display by machine monitor are different from applicable machine.
Related infor-
mation
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
(1) When auto-decelerator switch is operated, auto-decelerator monitor does not light up or does not go
Trouble
off.
Related infor- • Condition of signal of auto-decelerator switch can be checked with monitoring function.
mation (Code: 04504 Monitor 1st, 2nd line switches)
32 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Trouble (1) When working mode switch is operated, working mode selection screen is not displayed.
Related infor- • Condition of signal of working mode switch can be checked with monitoring function. (Code: 04504
mation Monitor 1st, 2nd line switches)
Trouble (2) When working mode is changed, setting of engine and hydraulic pump is not changed.
Related infor-
mation
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (2) When travel speed is shifted, actual travel speed does not change.
Related infor-
• If cause 1 occurs, actual travel speed does not lower when travel speed is shifted to Lo.
mation
34 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (1) When wiper switch is operated, wiper monitor does not light up or go off.
Related infor- • Condition of wiper switch signal can be checked with monitoring function.
mation (Code: 04504 Monitor 1st, 2nd line switches)
Trouble (2) When wiper switch is operated, wiper does not operate.
Related infor- • Condition of window rear limit switch signal can be checked with monitoring function.
mation (Code: 02204 Switch 5)
36 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Trouble (3) When window washer switch is operated, window washer does not operate.
Related infor- • Condition of window washer switch signal can be checked with monitoring function.
mation (Code: 04504 Monitor 1st, 2nd line switches)
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
(1) When left knob switch is pressed, one-touch power maximizing monitor is not displayed.
Trouble
(2) When left knob switch is pressed, work equipment power is not increased.
• One-touch power maximizing function does not work when working mode is not power mode (P) or
Related infor- economy mode (E).
mation • Condition of left knob switch signal can be checked with monitoring function.
(Code: 02200 Switch input 1)
38 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Trouble (3) When left knob switch is released, work equipment power does not return to normal level.
Related infor- • Condition of left knob switch signal can be checked with monitoring function.
mation (Code: 02200 Switch input 1)
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (1) When swing lock switch is operated, swing lock monitor does not light up or go off.
• Condition of swing lock switch signal can be checked with monitoring function.
Related infor-
(Machine monitor system code: 04502 Monitor input 3)
mation
(Pump controller system code: 02200 Switch input 1)
(2) When swing lock switch is turned ON, swing lock does not operate. (Hydraulic drift of swing occurs
Trouble
on slope.)
Related infor-
mation
40 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-22 Travel alarm does not sound or does not stop sounding 1
Trouble (2) Alarm does not stop sounding while machine is stopped.
Related infor-
mation
42 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Circuit diagram related to travel alarm and travel PPC oil pressure switch
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (1) When air conditioner switch is operated, air conditioner control screen is not displayed.
Related infor- • Condition of air conditioner switch signal can be checked with monitoring function.
mation (Code: 04505 Monitor 3rd, 4th line switches, 04506 Monitor 5th line switch)
Trouble (2) When air conditioner switch is operated, air conditioner does not operate at all.
Related infor-
mation
44 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Trouble (3) Air does not come out (Air flow is insufficient).
Related infor-
mation
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
46 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
(5) Air conditioner abnormality record: Communication condition “CAN disconnection”, Communication
Trouble
condition “Abnormal”
• While abnormality in communication is being detected, “CAN disconnection” is displayed.
• If abnormality in communication has been detected and reset, “Abnormality” is displayed.
Related infor-
• If “CAN disconnection” is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried
mation
out normally. Accordingly, condition of other items is not displayed.
• Method of reproducing abnormality record: Turn starting switch ON.
48 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Trouble (7) Air conditioner abnormality record: Internal air sensor “Abnormality”
• If “CAN disconnection” is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried
Related infor- out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed.
mation • Method of reproducing abnormality record: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C)
switch ON.
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (8) Air conditioner abnormality record: External air sensor “Unused”
• External air sensor is not used in air conditioner system of this machine.
Related infor-
• If “CAN disconnection” is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried
mation
out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed.
Trouble (9) Air conditioner abnormality record: Air flow sensor “Abnormality”
• If “CAN disconnection” is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried
Related infor- out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed.
mation • Method of reproducing abnormality record: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C)
switch ON.
50 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 51
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (11) Air conditioner abnormality record: Air outlet damper “Abnormality”
• If “CAN disconnection” is displayed as communication condition, communication cannot be carried
Related infor- out normally. Accordingly, this condition is not displayed.
mation • Method of reproducing abnormality record: Turn starting switch ON + Turn air conditioner (A/C)
switch ON.
52 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 53
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
54 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 55
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
E-24 While starting switch is in OFF position, service meter is not displayed1
Trouble • When starting switch is turned OFF, service meter is not displayed.
• While starting switch is at OFF position, if following switches are operated, service meter is displayed
Related infor-
at top center of screen.
mation
Operation of switches: [4] + [1] (Press simultaneously)
56 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
E-26 Monitoring function does not display lever control signal normally1
Trouble (1) Boom raise operation is not displayed normally by monitoring function.
Related infor-
• Monitoring code: 01900 Pressure switch 1
mation
Trouble (2) Arm curl operation is not displayed normally by monitoring function.
Related infor-
• Monitoring code: 01900 Pressure switch 1
mation
Trouble (3) Bucket curl operation is not displayed normally by monitoring function.
Related infor-
• Monitoring code: 01901 Pressure switch 2
mation
Trouble (4) Bucket dump operation is not displayed normally by monitoring function.
Related infor-
• Monitoring code: 01901 Pressure switch 2
mation
PC200, 220-8 57
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (5) Boom lower operation is not displayed normally by monitoring function.
Related infor-
• Monitoring code: 01900 Pressure switch 1
mation
58 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Trouble (6) Arm dump operation is not displayed normally by monitoring function.
Related infor-
• Monitoring code: 01900 Pressure switch 1
mation
PC200, 220-8 59
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
60 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
Circuit diagram related to travel PPC pressure switch and travel alarm
PC200, 220-8 61
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (9) Travel differential pressure is not displayed normally by monitoring function.
Related informa-
• Monitoring code: 01901 Pressure switch 2
tion
62 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
PC200, 220-8 63
SEN00244-01 40 Troubleshooting
64 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00244-01
a Select “Terminal Status” from “12 Display of a Select “GPS & Communication Status” from
KOMTRAX setting” in the service menu of the “12 Display of KOMTRAX setting” in the ser-
machine monitor. vice menu of the machine monitor.
PC200, 220-8 65
SEN00244-01
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 03-06 (01)
66
SEN00245-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of hydraulic and
mechanical system (H-mode)
Troubleshooting of hydraulic and mechanical system (H-mode) .................................................................... 4
System diagram of hydraulic and mechanical system ......................................................................... 4
Information in troubleshooting table ..................................................................................................... 6
H-1 Speed or power of whole work equipment, swing, and travel is low ............................................. 7
H-2 Engine speed lowers extremely or engine stalls ........................................................................... 9
H-3 Work equipment, swing, and travel systems do not work............................................................ 10
H-4 Abnormal sound comes out from around hydraulic pump........................................................... 10
H-5 Auto-decelerator does not operate...............................................................................................11
H-6 Fine control performance or response is low ...............................................................................11
H-7 Speed or power of boom is low ................................................................................................... 12
H-8 Speed or power of arm is low ...................................................................................................... 13
H-9 Speed or power of bucket is low.................................................................................................. 14
H-10 Work equipment does not move singly ..................................................................................... 14
H-11 Hydraulic drift of work equipment is large.................................................................................. 15
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
a This system diagram is a rough general hydraulic circuit diagram made as reference material for trou-
bleshooting of the hydraulic and mechanical systems.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
Possible 2
causes and Possible causes of trou-
<Contents of description)
standard value ble (Given numbers are
• Standard value in normal state to judge possible causes
in normal state reference numbers, which
• Remarks on judgment
do not indicate priority)
3
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
H-1 Speed or power of whole work equipment, swing, and travel is low1
Trouble • Speed or power of whole work equipment, swing, and travel is low.
Related
• Carry out all troubleshooting in power mode (P) of working mode.
information
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
8 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble • Whole work equipment, swing, and travel systems do not work.
Related
• Carry out all troubleshooting in power mode (P) of working mode.
information
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
12 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
14 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
16 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
H-13 When part of work equipment is relieved singly, other parts of work
equipment move 1
Trouble • When part of work equipment is relieved singly, other parts of work equipment move
Related
information
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble • In compound operation of work equipment, speed of part loaded more is low.
Related
information
18 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
Trouble • When machine swings and raises boom simultaneously, boom rising speed is low.
Related • If speed of single boom raise operation is also low, carry out troubleshooting for "H-7 Speed or
information power of boom is low" first.
Trouble • When machine swings and travels simultaneously, travel speed lowers largely.
Related • If speed of single travel operation is also low, carry out troubleshooting for "H-19 Travel speed is
information low" first.
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
20 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
22 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
*: Travel speed Lo can be adjusted with the adjusting function of the machine monitor. Accordingly, if the
initial value has been changed, the measured value varies more or less.
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
24 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
26 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
Trouble (2) Swing acceleration or swing speed is low in only one direction.
Related
• Carry out all troubleshooting in power mode (P) of working mode.
information
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (1) Upper structure overruns remarkably when it stops swinging in both directions.
Related
• Carry out all troubleshooting in power mode (P) of working mode.
information
Trouble (2) Upper structure overruns remarkably when it stops swinging in only one direction.
Related
• Carry out all troubleshooting in power mode (P) of working mode.
information
28 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00245-01 40 Troubleshooting
Trouble (1) Hydraulic drift of swing is large (when swing holding brake is applied).
• When swing lock switch is turned ON or when swing holding brake release switch is in normal posi-
Related
tion, swing holding brake operates and upper structure is fixed with disc brake.
information
• Carry out all troubleshooting in power mode (P) of working mode.
Trouble (2) Hydraulic drift of swing is large (when swing holding brake is released).
• When swing holding brake release switch is in release position, swing holding brake is released and
Related
upper structure is secured by only hydraulic pressure.
information
• Carry out all troubleshooting in power mode (P) of working mode.
30 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00245-01
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00245-01
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
32
SEN00246-01
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
40 Troubleshooting 1
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)
Troubleshooting of engine (S-mode)............................................................................................................... 4
Method of using troubleshooting chart ................................................................................................. 4
S-1 Starting performance is poor ......................................................................................................... 8
S-2 Engine does not start..................................................................................................................... 9
S-3 Engine does not pick up smoothly............................................................................................... 12
S-4 Engine stops during operations ................................................................................................... 13
S-5 Engine does not rotate smoothly ................................................................................................. 14
S-6 Engine lack output (or lacks power) ............................................................................................ 15
S-7 Exhaust smoke is black (incomplete combustion)....................................................................... 16
S-8 Oil consumption is excessive (or exhaust smoke is blue) ........................................................... 17
S-9 Oil becomes contaminated quickly .............................................................................................. 18
S-10 Fuel consumption is excessive.................................................................................................. 19
S-11 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down) ........................................ 20
S-12 Oil pressure drops ..................................................................................................................... 21
S-13 Oil level rises (Entry of coolant/fuel) .......................................................................................... 22
S-14 Coolant temperature becomes too high (overheating) .............................................................. 23
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
2 PC200, 220-8
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
Items listed in the [Questions] and [Check items] and related to the [Causes] are marked with E, Q, and w.
E : Causes to be referred to for questions and check items
Q : Causes related to questions and check items
w : Causes highly probable among ones marked with Q
a When narrowing the "causes", apply the items marked with w before those marked with Q.
When narrowing the causes, do not apply the items marked with E. (If no items have other marks and
the causes cannot be narrowed, however, you may apply them.)
4 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
6 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
There is a causal relationship between 3 items in the [Questions] and [Check items] sections and 5 items in
the [Causes] section.
The method of pinpointing the "cause" from the causal relationship and approaching the "troubleshooting" is
explained according to Step 1 – Step 3 shown below.
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
Defective injector
nomenon does not indicate a trouble, however.
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by
q
code
When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not q
change
When starting switch is turned to HEAT, intake air heater mount does not become warm q
Is voltage 20 – 30 V between alternator terminal B and terminal E with Yes q
engine at low idle? No q
When specific gravity of electrolyte and voltage of battery are measured, they are low q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
8 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Remedy —
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by
q q
code
Carry out troubleshooting according to "IMV/PCV1 Short (Open) Error (*2)" indicated by
q
code
Inspect overflow valve directly q
Engine can be started in reduced cylinder mode. q
If pressure limiter return pipe is disconnected, fuel flows out q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Remedy
Add
10 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
c) Exhaust smoke comes but engine does not start (fuel is Causes
being injected)
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
Black w Q w w
When engine is cranked, abnormal sound is generated around cylinder head w
When engine is cranked, interference sound is generated around turbocharger w
High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when load is applied Q w
There is hunting from engine (rotation is irregular) Q Q Q
Blow-by gas is excessive w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy
12 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Clean
Clean
Remedy —
Add
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
Remedy
Add
14 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
(air leakage)
Confirm recent repair history
Degree of use of machine Operated for long period E E E E
Suddenly Q w Q Q Q Q
Questions
turbocharger
When engine is cranked, abnormal sound is generated around cylinder head w
High idle speed is too high Q
High idle speed under no load is normal, but speed suddenly drops when
Q w Q Q
load is applied
Engine does not pick up smoothly and combustion is irregular w w Q Q w
There is hunting from engine (rotation is irregular) Q Q Q Q Q
Blow-by gas is excessive w w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Remedy
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Adjust
Clean
Remedy
16 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
Turbocharger
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Correct
Clean
Remedy
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
See S-7
Inspect oil cooler directly q
Inspect oil filter directly q
Spring of oil filter safety valve is hitched or broken q
Inspect turbocharger lubrication drain tube directly q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy —
18 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Rail Press (Very) Low Error (*1)" indicated by code q
When a cylinder is cut out for reduced cylinder mode operation, engine speed does not change q
If spill hose from injector is disconnected, much fuel spills q
Carry out troubleshooting according to "Coolant Temp Sens High (Low) Error (*2)" indicated by
code q
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Remedy
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
S-11 Oil is in coolant (or coolant spurts back or coolant level goes down)
General causes why oil is in coolant Causes
q Internal leakage in lubrication system
Remedy —
20 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
Replace
Correct
Adjust
Clean
Clean
Clean
Clean
Remedy —
Add
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Remedy
22 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
Sudden overheated Q w Q
Condition of overheating
Always tends to overheat Q w w Q
Coolant temperature Rises quickly Q w
gauge (if installed) Does not go down from red range w
Radiator coolant level monitor indicates drop of coolant level (if monitor is installed) w
Engine oil level has risen and oil is milky w Q
Fan belt tension is low w
When fan belt is turned, it has play w
Milky oil is floating on coolant w
There are excessive air bubbles in radiator, coolant spurts back w
w
Check items
When light bulb is held behind radiator core, no light passes through
Radiator shroud, inside of underguard on applicable machine side are clogged with
w w
dirt or mud
Coolant is leaking because of cracks in hose or loose clamps w
Coolant flows out from radiator overflow hose w
Fan belt whines under sudden acceleration w
Hydraulic oil temperature enters red range faster than engine coolant temperature w
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Correct
Remedy —
Add
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Replace
Correct
Correct
Adjust
Remedy
24 PC200, 220-8
40 Troubleshooting SEN00246-01
Improper injection timing (Abnormality in coolant temperature sensor, boost temperature sensor)
q
q Misalignment between engine and chassis
q Abnormal combustion
a If abnormal noise is made and vibration is excessive, carry out trouble-
shooting for "S-15 Abnormal noise is made", too.
Replace
Adjust
Remedy
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00246-01 40 Troubleshooting
© 2006 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 03-06 (01)
26 PC200, 220-8
SEN00659-02
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00659-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
2 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00659-02
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00659-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Cate- Komatsu
Part number Q'ty Container Main features and applications
gory code
• Used to prevent rubber gaskets, rubber cush-
LT-1A 790-129-9030 150 g Tube
ions, and cork plugs from coming out.
• Used for plastic (except polyethylene,
polypropylene, tetrafluoroethylene and vinyl
20 g Polyethylene
LT-1B 790-129-9050 chloride), rubber, metal, and non-metal parts
(2 pcs.) container
which require immediate and strong adhe-
sion.
Polyethylene • Features: Resistance to heat and chemicals.
LT-2 09940-00030 50 g
container • Used to fix and seal bolts and plugs.
790-129-9060
Adhesive: 1 kg • Used to stick and seal metal, glass, and plas-
LT-3 (Set of adhesive Can
Hardener: 500 g tics.
and hardener)
Adhesive
Polyethylene
LT-4 790-129-9040 250 g • Used to seal plugs.
container
Holtz MH 705 790-129-9120 75 g Tube • Heat-resistant seal used to repair engines.
• Quick-setting adhesive.
ThreeBond Polyethylene • Setting time: Within 5 sec. to 3 min.
790-129-9140 50 g
1735 container • Used mainly to stick metals, rubbers, plastics,
and woods.
• Quick-setting adhesive.
• Quick-setting type.
Aron-alpha Polyethylene
790-129-9130 2g (max. strength is obtained after 30 minutes)
201 container
• Used mainly to stick rubbers, plastics, and
metals.
• Features: Resistance to heat and chemicals.
Loctite Polyethylene
79A-129-9110 50 cc • Used for fitted portions used at high tempera-
648-50 container
tures.
• Used to stick or seal gaskets and packings of
LG-1 790-129-9010 200 g Tube
power train case, etc.
• Used to seal various threaded portions, pipe
Polyethylene joints, and flanges.
LG-5 790-129-9080 1 kg
container • Used to seal tapered plugs, elbows, and nip-
ples of hydraulic piping.
• Features: Silicon-based heat and cold-resis-
Gasket sealant
tant sealant.
LG-6 790-129-9020 200 g Tube • Used to seal flange surfaces and threaded
portions.
• Used to seal oil pan, final drive case, etc.
• Features: Silicon-based quick-setting sealant.
LG-7 790-129-9070 1 kg Tube • Used to seal flywheel housing, intake mani-
fold, oil pan, thermostat housing, etc.
• Features: Silicon-based, heat and cold-resis-
LG-8
tant, vibration-resistant, impact-resistant seal-
ThreeBond 419-15-18131 100 g Tube
ant.
1207B
• Used to seal transfer case, etc.
4 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00659-02
Cate-
Komatsu code Part number Q'ty Container Main features and applications
gory
• Feature: Can be coated with paint.
LG-9 • Used for rough surfaces such as the circle gear
ThreeBond 790-129-9310 200 g Tube top seal which does not need to be clamped,
1206D water resistance of the clearance at the welded
area, etc.
Gasket sealant
LC-G
— — Can • Used for the mounting bolt in the high tempera-
NEVER-SEEZ
ture area of the exhaust manifold and the turbo-
charger, etc.
SYG2-400LI
SYG2-350LI
SYG2-400LI-A
G2-LI • Feature: Lithium grease with extreme pressure
SYG2-160LI
G0-LI Various Various lubrication performance.
SYGA-160CNLI
*: For cold district • General purpose type.
SYG0-400LI-A (*)
SYG0-160CNLI
(*)
• Used for parts under heavy load.
Caution:
Molybdenum SYG2-400M 400 g x 10 Bellows-type • Do not apply grease to rolling bearings like
disulfide grease SYG2-400M-A 400 g x 20 container swing circle bearings, etc. and spline.
LM-G (G2-M) SYGA-16CNM 16 kg Can • The grease should be applied to work equipment
pins at their assembly only, not applied for
Grease
greasing afterwards.
• Seizure resistance, heat resistance and water
Hyper White SYG2-400T-A
400 g Bellows-type resistance higher than molybdenum disulfide
Grease G2-T, SYG2-16CNT
container grease.
G0-T (*) SYG0-400T-A (*)
16 kg Can • Not conspicuous on machine since color is
*: For cold district SYG0-16CNT (*)
white.
Biogrease SYG2-400B
G2-B, G2-BT (*) SYGA-16CNB 400 g Bellows-type • Since this grease is decomposed by natural bac-
*: For use at high SYG2-400BT (*) container teria in short period, it has less effects on micro-
temperature and SYGA-16CNBT 16 kg Can organisms, animals, and plants.
under high load (*)
• Feature: Silicone grease with wide using tem-
G2-S perature range, high resistance to thermal-oxi-
ThreeBond — 200 g Tube dative degradation and performance to prevent
1855 deterioration of rubber and plastic parts.
• Used for oil seals of the transmission, etc.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00659-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Cate-
Komatsu code Part number Q'ty Container Main features and applications
gory
SUNSTAR • Used as primer for cab side.
Glass
PAINT PRIMER 20 ml (Using limit: 4 months after date of manu-
container
580 SUPER facture)
SUNSTAR 417-926-3910
• Used as primer for glass side.
GLASS Glass
20 ml (Using limit: 4 months after date of manu-
PRIMER 580 container
facture)
facture)
SUNSTAR Ecocart • Used as adhesive for glass.
PENGUINE 22M-54-27210 320 ml (Special (Using limit: 6 months after date of manu-
SUPER 560 container) facture)
SUNSTAR • Used to seal joints of glass parts.
Polyethylene
PENGUINE 417-926-3920 320 ml (Using limit: 4 months after date of manu-
container
SEAL No. 2505 facture)
Caulking material
6 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00659-02
Necessity
Sym-
Sketch
Work item Part number Part name Work content
bol
Q'ty
N/R
Installation of engine front
Engine front seal 1 795-799-6400 Seal puller t 1 N
seal
Installation of engine rear
Engine rear seal 2 795-799-6500 Seal puller t 1 N
seal
3 795-799-6700 Primer t 1 N Removal of fuel injector
Cylinder head assem-
Positioning with 3RD and
bly, fuel injector assem- 4 795-799-1131 Gear t 1
4TH cylinder top
bly
5 795-799-8150 Remover q 1 N Removal of inlet connector
Wrench
6 790-331-1120 q 1 Angle tightening of bolt
(Angle)
Cylinder head assembly A
Judgment of cylinder head
7 795-790-4510 Gauge q 1 N
bolt length
8 796T-401-1110 Plate q 1 N Q Removal and installation of
Engine and hydraulic
engine and hydraulic pump
pump assembly 9 795-790-9300 Lifting tool q 1 N assembly
Hydraulic pump assem- 10 796-460-1210 Oil stopper q 1
bly, Engine and hydrau-
lic pump assembly,
Stopping oil
Control valve assembly, 11 796-770-1320 Adapter q 1
Center swivel joint
assembly
Press fit of main bearing
796T-426-1410 t 1 Q
(PC200-8)
1 Push tool
Press fit of main bearing
790-201-2860 t 1
(PC220-8)
Swing motor and swing
F 2 796-426-1120 Push tool t 1 Press fit of sub bearing
machinery assembly
796T-426-1130 Plate t 1 Q
3 790-101-5421 Grip t 1 Press fit of oil seal
01010-81240 Bolt t 1
796-427-1400 Wrench assembly t 1 N
Final drive 796-427-1410 • Wrench 1 N Removal and installation of
J 1
assembly 796-427-1140 • Pin 3 nut
01314-20612 • Screw 3
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00659-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Sym-
Sketch
Work item Part number Part name Work content
bol
Q'ty
N/R
796T-427-1510 Push tool t 1 N Q
790-101-2510 Block t 1
790-101-3310 Block t 1
790-101-2610 Rod t 2
790-101-2730 Adapter t 2
2 Installation of bearing
01580-11613 Nut t 2
790-101-2570 Plate t 2
01643-31645 Washer t 2
790-101-2102 Puller (30 ton) t 1
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
Final drive 3 796-427-1520 Installer t 1 N Installation of floating seal
J
assembly Removal and installation of
4 796-427-1200 Wrench t 1
nut
5 791-545-1510 Installer t 1 Installation of floating seal
796T-427-1220 Push tool t 1 Q
790-101-2510 Block t 1
792-104-3940 Bolt t 2
6 05180-11610 Nut t 2 Installation of bearing
01613-31645 Washer t 2
790-105-2100 Jack t 1
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1
7 790-331-1110 Wrench t 1 Angle tightening of bolt
Carrier roller assembly 1 790-434-1660 Installer t 1
Track roller assembly L 2 796-670-1020 Installer t 1 Installation of floating seal
Idler assembly 3 791-530-1510 Installer t 1
791-600-2001 Compressor (A) t 1
or
791-685-8006 Compressor (B) t 1
790-201-2780 Spacer
1 791-635-3160 Extension t 1
Cylinder
790-101-1600 t 1
(686 kN {70 ton})
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
Recoil spring 790-640-2180 Guide bolt t 1 Disassembly and assembly
M
assembly of recoil spring assembly
790-101-5201 Push tool kit (B) q 1
790-101-5241 • Plate 1
2
790-101-5221 • Grip 1
01010-51225 • Bolt 2
790-201-1500 Push tool kit q 1
790-201-1620 • Plate 1
3
790-101-5021 • Grip 1
01010-50816 • Bolt 1
8 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00659-02
Necessity
Sym-
Sketch
Work item Part number Part name Work content
bol
Q'ty
N/R
791-630-3000 Remover and installer t 1
Cylinder Separation and installation of
Track shoe assembly R 790-101-1300 t 1
(980 kN {100 ton}) track shoe assembly
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
Hydraulic pump assem-
S 796T-467-2410 Push tool t 1 N Q Press fit of input shaft oil seal
bly
790-101-2501 Push puller q 1
790-101-2510 • Block 1
790-101-2520 • Screw 1
791-112-1180 • Nut 1 Disassembly and assembly
Center swivel joint
T 1 790-101-2540 • Washer 1 of center swivel joint assem-
assembly
790-101-2630 • Leg 2 bly
790-101-2570 • Plate 4
790-101-2560 • Nut 2
790-101-2650 • Adapter 2
796-946-1310 Guide ø 21.8
t 1
(For 723-46-40100)
796-946-1610 Guide ø 21.4
t 1
(For 723-46-41100)
796-946-1810 Guide ø 21.2
2 t 1
(For 723-46-43100 and 723-46-43400)
796-946-1910 Guide ø 21.0
t 1
(For 723-46-46101 and 723-46-46300)
796-946-2210 Guide ø 21.6
t 1
(For 723-46-45100 and 723-46-45700)
796-946-1320 Guide ø 21.8 Replacement of pressure
Control valve assembly T t 1
(For 723-46-40100) compensation valve seal
796-946-1620 Guide ø 21.4
t 1
(For 723-46-41100)
796-946-1820 Guide ø 21.2
t 1
(For 723-46-43100 and 723-46-43400)
3
796-946-1920 Guide ø 21.0
t 1
(For 723-46-46101 and 723-46-46300)
796-946-2220 Guide ø 21.6
t 1
(For 723-46-45100)
796-946-1420 Guide ø 21.6
t 1
(For 723-46-42700)
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00659-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Sym-
Sketch
Work item Part number Part name Work content
bol
Q'ty
N/R
796-946-1330 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-40100)
796-946-1630 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-41100)
796-946-1830 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-43100 and 723-46-43400) Replacement of pressure
Control valve assembly T 4
796-946-1930 Sleeve compensation valve seal
t 1
(For 723-46-46101 and 723-46-46300)
796-946-2230 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-45100)
796-946-1430 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-42700)
790-502-1003 Cylinder repair stand q 1 Disassembly and assembly
1 of hydraulic cylinder assem-
790-101-1102 Pump q 1 bly
790-102-4300 Wrench assembly t 1 Removal and installation of
2
790-102-4310 Pin t 2 piston assembly
3 790-720-1000 Expander q 1
Rubber band
796-720-1670 q 1
(for boom and arm)
07281-01279 Clamp q 1 Installation of piston ring
4
Rubber band
796-720-1660 q 1
(for bucket)
07281-01159 Clamp q 1
790-201-1702 Push tool kit t 1
• Push tool
790-201-1831 1
(for bucket)
Hydraulic cylinder • Push tool
U 790-201-1930 1
assembly 5 (for arm) Press fit of bushing
• Push tool
790-201-1940 1
(for boom)
790-101-5021 • Grip 1
01010-50816 • Bolt 1
Push tool kit
790-201-1500 q 1
(for bucket)
790-201-1640 • Push tool 1
790-101-5021 • Grip 1
01010-50816 • Bolt 1
6 Plate Press fit of dust seal
790-201-1980 q 1
(for boom)
Plate
790-201-1990 q 1
(for arm)
790-101-5021 Grip q 1
01010-50816 Bolt q 1
10 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00659-02
Necessity
Sym-
Sketch
Work item Part number Part name Work content
bol
Q'ty
N/R
796-900-1200 Remover t 1
796-900-1210 • Sleeve 1
792-900-1520 • Plate 1
799-900-1230 • Screw 1
Work equipment 796-900-1240 • Adapter 1
V Removal of foot pin
assembly 01643-33080 • Washer 1
01803-13034 • Nut 1
Puller
790-101-4000 t 1
(490 kN {50 ton} long)
790-101-1102 Pump (294 kN {30 ton}) t 1
Operator cab glass 2 793-498-1210 Lifter (Suction cup) t 2 Installation of operator cab
X
(stuck glass) 3 20Y-54-13180 Stopper rubber t 2 glass (stuck glass)
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00659-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
F1 Push tool
12 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00659-02
J2 Push tool
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00659-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
S Push tool
14 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00659-02
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00659-02
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
16
SEN00660-02
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of fuel 8. Remove fuel filter and bracket assembly (5).
supply pump assembly
Removal
k Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the
battery before starting with the work.
2 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
Installation
14. Disconnect fuel return tube (11). [*3] q Installation is done in the reverse order of
15. Disconnect bracket (12). removal.
16. Disconnect fuel return hose (13).
17. Remove fuel block (14). [*4] a Figure: Refer to Removal.
[*1]
18. Remove bellows (15).
a The internal parts of the hose adapter may be
19. Disconnect tube (9). [*2]
damaged when the hose is removed. Accord-
ingly, do not reuse the adapter but use new one
when installing the hose again, as a rule.
[*2]
q How to install high-pressure pipe (9)
1. Tighten the sleeve nuts by hand. (both sides)
2. Tighten the sleeve nuts in the order of firstly
the pump side, then the common rail side.
3 Sleeve nut:
35 ± 3.5 Nm {3.57 ± 0.36 kgm}
3. Install 2 tube clamps (10).
3 Clamp mounting bolt:
24 ± 4 Nm {2.45 ± 0.41 kgm}
4. Install bellows (8) and (15).
a Set the slits of each bellows out and down.
20. Remove 3 nuts (A parts) and remove fuel injec- a The bellows are installed so that fuel will
tion pump assembly (16). [*5] not spout over the hot parts of the engine
and catch fire when it leaks for some rea-
son.
[*3]
3 Fuel return tube (11) mounting bolt:
24 ± 4 Nm {2.45 ± 0.41 kgm}
[*4]
3 Fuel block mounting bolt:
32 ± 4 Nm {3.26 ± 0.41 kgm}
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*5]
a If too much grease is applied to O-ring (17), it
will ooze out. Accordingly, do not apply grease
so much. (Apply grease to the O-ring groove
area of part A.)
a When installing new fuel supply pump mounting
stud bolts (SB) to replace the existing ones,
apply LOCTITE to them.
3 Fuel supply pump mounting nut:
24 ± 4 Nm {2.45 ± 0.41 kgm}
q Air bleeding
Bleed air from the fuel injection system.
a Refer to the "Testing and adjusting" chapter.
4 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
original hose installation positions. (See
N/R
figure below.)
3 795-799-6700 Primer t 1 N
a When removing the cylinder head cover
A 4 795-799-1131 Gear t 1 only, it is not necessary to remove hose,
5 795-799-8150 Remover q 1 N tube and air intake connector assembly
(7).
a In the case of exchanging fuel injector assem- 7. Remove fan guard (8).
bly, exchange inlet connector, too. (See Instal- a Remove it for checking the 3rd and 4th
lation item 1. 6)) cylinder tops.
Removal
k Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the
battery before starting with the work.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
6 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
14. Remove bellows (20). [*8] 20. Remove blow-by duct (26). [*13]
15. Remove clamp (21) from the cylinder block 21. Remove head cover (27). [*14]
and disconnect fuel supply tube (22). [*9]
a FSP: Fuel supply pump
16. Remove 6 bellows (23). [*10]
a Cylinder head side only
17. Disconnect 6 high-pressure pipes (24) at the
cylinder head side. [*11]
18. Remove common rail and high-pressure pipe
assembly (25). [*12]
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
23. Remove nuts (28) for the harnesses from the 26. Remove 2 mounting bolts (34) for fuel injector
injector. [*15] assembly (35).
27. Remove fuel injector assembly (35) using tool
Harness color Cylinder No. A3.
White 1, 3, 5 a Be careful not to let any dust or foreign
Black 2, 4, 6 materials enter the fuel injector assembly
mounting portion.
24. Remove 12 mounting bolts and remove 6
rocker arm and crosshead assemblies (31).
a Loosen locknut (29) and then loosen
adjustment screw (30) a few turns so that
excessive force is not put on the push rod
when the rocker arm is installed.
a Keep records of installation position and
direction of the crosshead (hole shape of
(a) and (b) parts) (Install it in the same
direction when reinstalling.)
25. Remove retainers (32) and then remove 6 inlet
connectors (33).
a Remove and flush dirt etc, off the sur-
rounding area in advance to prevent them
from entering the connector holes.
a Tool A5: remover is adopted for removing
inlet connectors (33). (Refer to the tool
list.)
8 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
2) Coat O-ring (42) and the head side of fuel 10) Tighten retainer (32).
injector (41) with engine oil (EO15W-40). 3 Retainer:
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*4]
3 Joint bolt: 24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm}
[*5]
3 Mounting bolt: 24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm}
10 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*13]
3 Blow-by duct mounting bolt:
10 ± 2 Nm {1.0 ± 0.2 kgm}
[*14]
3 Head cover mounting nut:
24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm}
[*15]
a Harness installation position
Harness color Cylinder No.
White 1, 3, 5
Black 2, 4, 6
12 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
1 795-799-6400 Seal puller t 1 N
A Wrench
6 790-331-1120 q 1
(Angle)
Removal
1. Remove the radiator assembly referring to the
section of "Removal and installation of radiator 9. Remove fan (8). [*1]
assembly". 10. Loosen air conditioner compressor bracket
2. Remove the hydraulic oil cooler assembly adjustment bolts (9).
referring to the section of "Removal and instal- a There is another bolt behind.
lation of hydraulic oil cooler assembly". 11. Move air conditioner compressor assembly
3. Remove the aftercooler assembly referring to (10).
the section of "Removal and installation of 12. Remove air conditioner compressor drive belt
aftercooler assembly". (11). [*2]
4. Remove mounting bolts for air conditioner con-
denser (1) and put aside air conditioner con-
denser (1).
5. Remove bracket (2).
6. Remove cover (3).
7. Remove nets (4) and (5).
a Hydraulic oil cooler hoses H1 and H2
have already been removed at 2. above
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
14 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of 6. Lift off flywheel assembly (4) to remove it.
engine rear seal 4 Flywheel assembly: 35 kg
Special tools
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
A 2 795-799-6500 Seal puller t 1 N
Removal
1. Remove the hydraulic pump assembly refer-
ring to the section of "Removal and installation
of hydraulic pump assembly".
2. Remove mounting bolt (1) and set guide bolt 7. Remove seal (5) as follows.
[1]. a Take care in the removal so that the crank
3. Remove damper assembly (2). shaft may not be damaged.
16 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
q Carry out the rest of installation in the reverse q Measurement of facial runout
order to removal. a Facial runout: less than 0.20 mm
4) As in the case of measurement of facial
[*1] runout, bring the dial gauge probe into
a Tighten the 8 flywheel mounting bolts in the contact with end surface (b) near the outer
order of (1) through (8) as shown in the figure perimeter of the flywheel at a right angle.
below. a Conduct measurement pulling the
3 Flywheel assembly mounting bolt: crankshaft to either the front or rear
137 ± 7 Nm {13.97 ± 0.71 kgm} side to prevent errors caused by
shakiness.
5) Rotate the flywheel 360° and measure the
difference of the maximum swing of the
dial gauge indicator.
18 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
Removal and installation of 4. Disconnect fuel filter hoses (2) and (3) from
cylinder head assembly fuel supply pump (FSP). [*1]
a Remove dirt on the connector in advance.
(Because dirt sometimes makes lock (L) fit
Special tools
tight.)
a Pull out the hose while pushing lock (L)
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
5. Disconnect fuel return hose (4). [*1]
3 795-799-6700 Primer t 1 N
6. Remove fuel filter and bracket assembly (5).
4 795-799-1131 Gear t 1
5 795-799-8150 Remover q 1 N
A
Wrench
6 790-331-1120 q
(Angle)
7 795-790-4510 Gauge q 1 N
Removal
k Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the
battery before starting with the work.
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
10. Disconnect bracket (9). [*3] 15. Disconnect fuel return hose (14). [*6]
16. Disconnect fuel return hose (15).
11. Remove hose, tube and air intake connector 17. Disconnect bracket (16). [*7]
assembly (10). [*4] 18. Remove fuel block (17). [*8]
a Remove it without separating from the
bracket.
a Mark the hose edge and tube to show the
original hose installation positions. (See
figure below.)
20 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
31. Lift temporarily exhaust manifold and turbo- 34. Loosen air conditioner compressor bracket
charger assembly (80), and remove the mounting bolts (33) and (34).
remaining mounting bolts. [*15] 35. Remove air conditioner compressor drive belt
32. Lift off exhaust manifold and turbocharger (35). [*17]
assembly (80) to remove it.
4 Exhaust manifold and turbocharger 36. Disconnect connector AC02 (36).
assembly: 25 kg 37. Remove air conditioner compressor assembly
(37).
a Remove air conditioner compressor as-
sembly in one piece with the bracket and
put them on the counterweight.
22 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
47. Remove nuts (49) for the harnesses from the 50. Remove 2 mounting bolts (55) for injector
injector. assembly (56).
Harness color Cylinder No. 51. Remove injector assembly (56) using tool A3.
White 1, 3, 5 a Be careful not to let any dust or foreign
Black 2, 4, 6 materials enter the fuel injector assembly
mounting portion.
48. Remove 12 mounting bolts and remove 6
rocker arm and crosshead assemblies (52).
a Loosen locknut (50) and then loosen
adjustment screw (51) a few turns so that
excessive force is not put on the push rod
when the rocker arm is installed.
a Keep records of installation position and
direction of the crosshead (hole shape of
(a) and (b) parts) (Install it in the same
direction when reinstalling.)
49. Remove retainers (53) and then remove 6 inlet
connectors (54).
a Remove and flush dirt etc, off the sur-
rounding area in advance to prevent them
from entering the connector holes. 52. Remove push rods (57).
a Tool A5: remover is adopted for removing 53. Remove rocker arm support (58).
inlet connectors (54). (Refer to the tool
54. Remove rocker housing assembly (59).
list.)
24 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
2. Install rocker housing assembly (59). 4) Assemble fuel injector assembly (56) to
3 Mounting bolt: the cylinder head with its fuel inlet hole
24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm} facing the intake manifold side.
3. Install push rods (57). 5) Tighten bolts (55) 3 or 4 turns.
4. Install rocker arm support (58). 6) Coat the head side (B part) of inlet con-
nector (54) with engine oil (EO15W-40).
7) Coat O-ring (C) of inlet connector (54) with
engine oil (EO15W-40). Then insert inlet
connector (54) completely, aligning (D
part) with the side groove of the head.
26 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
q Carry out the following installation in the q When using a new hose
reverse order to removal. Tighten until dimension (BDG) is 7 –
10 mm.
[*1]
a The internal parts of the hose adapter may be
damaged when the hose is removed. Accord-
ingly, do not reuse the adapter but use new one
when installing the hose again, as a rule.
[*2]
Install muffler (8) after coating it with thermosetting
sealant.
2 Entire perimeter of (E) section: thermoset-
ting sealant (equivalent of Holts Firegum)
[*5]
3 Radiator hose clamp :
10.8 – 11.8 Nm {1.1 – 1.2 kgm}
[*6]
3 Joint bolt: 24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm}
[*7]
3 Mounting bolt: 24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm}
[*8]
[*3] 3 Fuel block mounting bolt:
3 Bracket mounting bolt: 32 ± 4 Nm {3.3 ± 0.4 kgm}
43 ± 6 Nm {4.4 ± 0.6 kgm}
[*9]
[*4] k When installing, keep the distance of more
3 Air intake connector mounting bolt: than 10 mm between the high-pressure
24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm} pipe and the harness.
q MIKALOR clamp
a Use a new clamp.
1) Align the hose to the original position (marking
position).
a Reference
Depth of insertion: 60 mm (aftercooler side)
2) Set the bridge (BR) under the clamp bolt and
lap it over band (BD) at least (b) reaches 5
mm.
3) Tightening of the clamp.
a Do not use an impact wrench.
2 Clamp bolt (BC): Lubricating oil (THREE-
BOND PANDO 18B)
28 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Reference
q Handling of fuel pressure sensor (PS) and
relief valve (RV)
1) Fuel pressure sensor (PS).
a Check the fuel pressure sensor connector
for crack, breakage, damage of the seal,
foreign matter on the pin and corrosion,
bend and breakage of the pin.
a Do not remove fuel pressure sensor (PS)
from common rail (CR) for a purpose other
than replacement.
a Once the fuel pressure sensor (PS) is
removed from the common rail (CR), be
sure to replace it.
5] Start the engine and check that fuel
q Fuel pressure sensor (PS), if necessary,
does not leak.
according to the following procedure.
a For the testing procedure, see
Testing and adjusting, "Measur-
1] Before removing the fuel pressure
ing fuel return rate and leakage".
sensor, remove mud etc. from around
it thoroughly and clean it.
2) Relief valve (RV)
2] Remove the fuel pressure sensor
a If the leakage from the relief valve (RV)
(PS).
exceeds the specified value, do not reuse
3] Install a new fuel pressure sensor.
it.
2 Threaded part of fuel pressure
q Replace relief valve (RV), if necessary,
sensor:
according to the following procedure.
Gear oil (#90)
1] Before removing the relief valve,
3 Fuel pressure sensor:
remove mud etc. from around it thor-
70 ± 5 Nm {7.1 ± 0.5 kgm}
oughly and clean it.
2] Remove the relief valve (RV).
3] Check that high-pressure seal sur-
faces (A) of the relief valve and rail
are free from damage.
4] Install a new relief valve (RV).
2 Threaded part of relief valve:
Gear oil (#90)
3 Relief valve:
100 ± 4 Nm {10.2 ± 0.4 kgm}
a Excessive tightening can cause
leakage. Take care not to tighten
too strongly.
30 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
5] Start the engine and check that fuel q Refilling engine coolant
does not leak. Refill coolant through the coolant filler port up
a For the testing procedure, see to the specified level. Start the engine and cir-
Testing and adjusting, "Measur- culate the coolant, and then check the coolant
ing fuel return rate and leakage". level.
5 Coolant: Approx. 21.4 l
[*12]
3 Air tube clamp:
10.0 – 11.0 Nm {1.02 – 1.12 kgm}
[*13]
q MIKALOR clamp
a Reference
Length of insertion: 40 mm (turbocharger side)
a Refer to [*4].
[*14]
3 Lubrication inlet hose tightening nut:
35 ± 5 Nm {3.5 ± 0.5 kgm}
3 Lubrication outlet hose mounting bolt:
24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm}
[*15]
a Tighten the bolts in the order shown below.
3 Exhaust manifold mounting bolt:
First time: in the order of [1] – [12]
Tighten to a torque of
24 ± 4 Nm {2.4 ± 0.4 kgm}.
Second time: in the order of [2] – [12]
Tighten to a torque of
53 ± 6 Nm {5.4 ± 0.6 kgm}.
Third time: in the order of [1] – [4]
Tighten to a torque of
53 ± 6 Nm {5.4 ± 0.6 kgm}.
[*16]
3 Fan mounting bolt :
43 ± 6 Nm {4.4 ± 0.6 kgm}
[*17]
a Refer to the "Checking and adjusting of air con-
ditioner compressor belt tension" section in the
Testing and adjusting chapter of this manual.
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of 7. Remove hose and tube assembly (4). [*1]
radiator assembly a Remove it without separating from the
bracket.
a MIKALOR clamp
Removal
a Mark the hose edge and tube to show the
1. Turn the upper structure by 90°. original hose installation positions. (See
2. Remove cover (1). figure below.)
a Inserted air hose length
q (A): 80 mm
q (B): 65 mm
32 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
8. Remove cover (5). 12. Remove the mounting bolts and lift out radiator
9. Disconnect radiator hose (6). [*2] assembly (9). [*3]
4
a Mark the hose edge and tube to show the Radiator assembly: 15 kg
original hose installation positions. (See
figure below.)
PC200, 220-8 33
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation [*2]
q Installation is done in the reverse order of a Align the hose to the original position (marking
removal. position).
a Align the clamp to the original position.
[*1] a Reference
1. Install hose and tube assembly (4). Inserted air hose length
a Use a new MIKALOR clamp. q 45 mm (Both upper and lower side)
3 Radiator hose clamp :
1) Align the hose to the original position
(marking position). 10.8 – 11.8 Nm {1.1 – 1.2 kgm}
a Inserted air hose length [*3]
q Aftercooler side : 60 mm a Confirm that the heat insulating seal material
q Engine side (A) : 80 mm (sponge) of the radiator peripheral part is not
q Engine side (B) : 65 mm damaged. If the heat insulating seal material
(sponge) is damaged, replace it to the new one.
34 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 35
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*1]
a Confirm that the heat insulating seal material
(sponge) of the radiator peripheral part is not
damaged. If the heat insulating seal material
(sponge) is damaged, replace it to the new one.
36 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
Removal and installation of 6. Remove hose and tube assembly (4). [*1]
aftercooler assembly a MIKALOR clamp
a Mark the hose edge and tube to show the
original hose installation positions. (See
Removal
figure below.)
1. Turn the upper structure by 90°. a Inserted air hose length
2. Remove cover (1). q (A): 80 mm
q (B): 65 mm
PC200, 220-8 37
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
38 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
Installation
q Installation is done in the reverse order of
removal.
PC200, 220-8 39
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
8 796T-401-1110 Plate q 1 N Q
9 795-790-9300 Lifting tool q 1 N
A
10 796-460-1210 Oil stopper q 1
11 796-770-1320 Adaptor q 1
40 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
8. Remove covers (6) and (7). a The hatched area is made of rubber
(lower side).
9. Remove cover (8). 14. Remove air cleaner band (14). [*1]
10. Remove frame (9). 15. Remove frame (15).
11. Remove cover (10). 16. Remove covers (16) and (17).
12. Remove frame (11). 17. Remove frame (18).
13. Remove covers (12) and (13).
18. Remove cover (19).
a Cover (13) cannot be removed unless
19. Remove frame (20).
removing cover (17).
a Cover (22) can be removed after removing
frame (20).
20. Remove mounting bolt (21) and remove cover
(22) upwards.
a As cover (22) is just stuck, there is no
need to remove the lower bolt.
a Install frame (20). (For scaffold)
PC200, 220-8 41
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
42 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 43
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
41. Disconnect engine controller ground T12 (43). 50. Disconnect 6 hoses.
42. Disconnect bracket (44) and remove spacer q (53): Rear load pressure input port hose
(45). (Color band: No color)
43. Disconnect clamp (46). q (54), (55): EPC basic pressure port hose
(Color band: No color)
q (56): Pump pressure input port hose
(Color band: blue)
q (57): Front load pressure input port hose
(Color band: red)
q (58): Drain port hose
51. Disconnect bracket (59).
52. Turn elbow (60) downward.
a Not to be obstructive in removing the
engine.
44 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
55. Disconnect pump wiring connectors at 4 58. Disconnect hydraulic tank hoses (71) and (72).
points. a Not to be obstructive in removing the
q (65): V12 PC-EPC R solenoid valve engine.
(Color band: yellow)
q (66): P22 hydraulic oil temperature
(Color band: no color)
q (67): V19 LS-EPC solenoid valve
(Color band: red)
q (68): V12 PC-EPC R solenoid valve
(Color band: white)
a It is behind bracket (69).
56. Disconnect bracket (69).
PC200, 220-8 45
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
64. Disconnect engine ground (81). 66. Lift out engine and hydraulic pump assembly
65. Remove 4 engine mounting bolts (82). [*10] (83).
a The nut is not welded except at the engine a Lift it at the 3 points, i.e. 2 points at the
ground point. Due to that reason firstly fix engine and 1 point at the hydraulic pump.
nut locking tool (plate) A8 with bolt (B) to Recommended lifting tool A9 (Refer to the
restrict nut (N) from turning, then remove special tool list) is proposed from Cum-
engine mounting bolt (82). mins.
a Before removing the assembly, make sure
that all the necessary wiring and piping
are disconnected.
4 Engine and hydraulic pump assembly :
800 kg
46 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
Installation [*3]
q Installation is done in the reverse order of a Align the hose to the original position (marking
removal. position).
a Align the clamp to the original position.
[*1] a Reference
3 Air cleaner band : Inserted air hose length : 49 mm
8.8 – 10.8 Nm {0.9 – 1.1 kgm} 3 Radiator hose clamp :
PC200, 220-8 47
SEN00660-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
5 Hydraulic tank:
Approx. 232 l (PC200)
Approx. 239 l (PC220)
3 Hydraulic tank drain plug:
58.8 – 78.5 Nm {6.0 – 8.0 kgm}
a Reference
3 Engine mounting bracket (4 points) bolts : q Air bleeding
122.5 – 147 Nm {12.5 – 15 kgm} Bleed the air from the circuit between the valve
and the hydraulic cylinder. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from each
part".
a Reference
Overview of the inserted length of the air hoses
and radiator hoses.
48 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00660-02
PC200, 220-8 49
SEN00660-02
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
50
SEN00661-00
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
2 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
Installation
q Installation is done in the reverse order of
removal.
[*1]
3 Mounting bolts:
245 – 309 Nm {25 – 31.5 kgm}
[*2]
3 Mounting bolts:
265 – 309 Nm {27 – 31.5 kgm}
(Average torque: 275 Nm or more
{28 kgm or more})
q Air bleeding
Refer to the Air Bleeding of Various Parts sec-
tion in the Testing and adjusting chapter of this
manual.
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
796-427-1400 Wrench assembly t 1 N
796-427-1410 • Wrench 1 N
1
796-427-1140 • Pin 3
01314-20612 • Screw 3
796T-427-1510 Push tool t 1 N Q
790-101-2510 Block t 1
790-101-3310 Block t 1
J 790-101-2610 Rod t 2 2) Disassemble No. 1 carrier assembly as
790-101-2730 Adaptor t 2 follows.
2 1] Insert pin (4) and drive shaft (5) out of
01580-11613 Nut t 2
carrier (6).
790-101-2570 Plate t 2
a After removing the shaft, remove
01643-31645 Washer t 2 pin (4).
790-101-2102 Puller (30 t) t 1 2] Remove thrust washer (7), gear (8),
790-101-1102 Pump t 1 bearing (9), and thrust washer (10)
from carrier (6).
3 796-427-1520 Installer t 1 N
Disassembly
1. Oil draining
Remove drain plug and drain oil from final
drive case.
6 Final drive case: Approx. 3.5l
l
4 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
10. Nut
1) Remove lock plate (23).
2) Use the tool J1 to remove nut (24).
a Use bar [2] to hold.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
11. Hub assembly 13. Use the puller [3] and push tool [4] to remove
1) Hoist hub assembly (25) and remove from bearing (32).
travel motor. a Bearing may come off without using the
2) Remove bearing (26). puller.
6 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
a PC200-8, PC200LC-8, PC210-8, PC210LC-8 3. Use the tool J3 to install floating seal (31) to
travel motor (29).
Assembly a Install floating seal with the O-ring and O-
a Clean the parts completely and inspect them for ring contact surface degreased and dried
any foreign material or damage. Apply power completely.
train oil (TO30) on the sliding surfaces before a After installing the floating seal, check that
assembly. the angle of the floating seal is within 1
mm.
1. Hub assembly a After floating seal installation, apply a thin
1) Use push tool to press fit bearing outer coat of power train oil (TO30) on the slid-
races (27) and (28) into hub (32). ing surfaces.
2) Use the tool J3 to install floating seal (30). 4. Set hub assembly (25) to travel motor.
a Install floating seal with the O-ring
and O-ring contact surface degreased
and dried completely.
a After installing the floating seal, check
that the angle of the floating seal is
within 1 mm.
a After floating seal installation, apply a
thin coat of power train oil (TO30) on
the sliding surfaces.
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
6. Nut
1) Install nut as follows.
1] Rotate the hub 2-3 times.
2] Use the tool J2 and the push tool [5]
to press the inner race of the bearing
(26).
a Pressing force:
29.4 – 38.2 kN {3.0 – 3.9 ton}
3] Rotate the hub to the both directions
at least 5 times in total with the bear-
ing inner race pressed.
4] Release the pressing force.
5] Press the bearing again.
a Pressing force: 2) Measure the tangential force of the hub
17.7 – 21.6 kN {1.8 – 2.2 ton} against the motor case in the rotation
6] Rotate the hub 2 – 3 times. direction using the push scale [6].
a Tangential force:
490 N or less {50 kg or less}
a The tangential force denotes the
maximum force at start of the rotation.
8 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
8. Thrust washer
3] Insert pin (16). Install lthrust washer (15).
a When inserting the pin, take care
so that any of the three pawls on
the circumference (Portion f)
may not touch the thin-walled
portion on the carrier (Portion
g).Take note, however, that the
thin-walled portion is likely to be
on the opposite side of the car-
rier, depending on actual individ-
ual items. Pay attention so that a
pin pawl will not come to the
slender side of the carrier any
way.And when trac es of the
groove are present, assembly
must be done avoiding such
locations.
a After assembling the carrier
assembly, check that gear (20)
rotates smoothly.
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
9. No. 2 sun gear 2] Align the pin holes on the shaft (5)
Install No. 2 sun gear (13). and the carrier, and install the shaft
10. No. 1 sun gear (5) by tapping it lightly with a plastic
Install No. 1 sun gear (11). hammer.
11. Thrust washer a Install the shaft, rotating the plan-
Install lthrust washer (12). etary gear. Take care so the
thrust washer is not damaged.
3] Insert pin (4).
a When inserting the pin, take care
so that any of the three pawls on
the circumference (Portion f)
may not touch the thin-walled
portion on the carrier (Portion
g).Take note, however, that the
thin-walled portion is likely to be
on the opposite side of the car-
rier, depending on actual individ-
ual items. Pay attention so that a
pin pawl will not come to the
slender side of the carrier any
12. No.1 carrier assembly way.A nd when tr ac es of th e
groove are present, assembly
1) Assemble No. 1 carrier assembly as fol-
must be done avoiding such
lows.
locations.
a Replace thrust washers (7) and (10)
a After assembling the carrier
and pin (4) with new ones. (Refer to
assembly, check that gear (8)
Pin (4): 3].)
rotates smoothly.
a There are remains of caulking when
a After the pin is inserted, stake the
the pin is inserted at the end face of
pins(C) on the carrier at 2 loca-
hole “h“ at the side of the carrier.
tions.
Remove the caulked metal from the
inside diameter of the hole before
starting to assemble.
1] Assemble bearings (8) and (9), fit top
and bottom thrust washers (7) and
(10) and then set the gear assembly
on carrier (6).
10 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
14. Cover
Install cover (1).
2 Cover mounting surface:
liquid gasket (LG-6)
3 Mounting bolts:
98 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
4 796-427-1200 Wrench t 1
5 791-545-1510 Installer t 1
796T-427-1220 Push tool t 1 Q
790-101-2510 Block t 1
792-104-3940 Bolt t 2
J
6 05180-11610 Nut t 2
01613-31645 Washer t 2
790-105-2100 Jack t 1
4. No.1 carrier assembly
790-101-1102 Hydraulic pump t 1 1) Remove No. 1 carrier assembly (3).
7 790-331-1110 Wrench t 1
Disassembly
1. Oil drain
Remove drain plug to drain the oil from final
drive case.
6 Final drive case: 5.4l
l
2. Cover
Remove 20 mounting bolts and hoist cover (1)
using an eyebolt [1] to remove it.
a When ring gear (12) is lifted together, sep-
arate the ring gear by lightly tapping it with
a plastic hammer.
2) Disassemble No. 1 carrier assembly in the
following procedure.
1] Drive pin (4) into pin (5) to remove pin
(5) from carrier (6).
a Remove pin (4) from pin (5) after
pin (5) is removed.
2] Remove thrust washer (7), No. 1
planetary gear (8), needle bearing (9)
and thrust washer (10).
12 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
11. Locked
1) Remove lock (24).
9. Washer
Remove washer (15). 2) Use the tool J4 to remove lock (25).
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
14 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
16 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
11. Washer
Install washer (2).
a After washer installation, measure the size
(j) from the top surface of the washer to
the top end surface of the ring gear to
check the condition of assembly.
a Gears are properly assembled if the size
2] Install pin (5). (j) is 19 mm or less.
a Align the pin hole and the hole in
the carrier before pin is com-
pletely inserted.
a When installing the shaft, be
careful not to damage thrust
washer while rotating the plane-
tary gear.
3] Install pin (4).
a Replace pin with new one.
a Before inserting the pin, check
the orientation so that the 3
pawls (h) on the outer circumfer-
ence of the pin do not seat on the
thin portion of the carrier.
a After inserting the pin, stake at 2
locations (i) around the pin hole
to prevent the pin from coming
out.
a When assembling of the No. 1
carrier assembly is complete,
check that all gears rotate
smoothly.
18 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
20 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
Installation
q Installation is done in the reverse order of
12. Remove 12 pcs. of mounting bolt (18). [*1]
removal.
[*1]
3 Mounting bolt:
490 – 608 Nm {50 – 62 kgm}
q Air bleeding
Bleed the air from the circuit between the
valve and the hydraulic cylinder. For
13. Lift and remove the swing motor and swing details, see Testing and adjusting, air
machinery Assembly (19). bleeding of various parts.
a Being careful not to damage hose (H), etc.
with bar [1], lift the swing motor and swing
ma c h in e r y As s e m bl y g r ad u al l y an d
remove them.
a Being very careful for the drain hose, lift
them.
a Lift them with full attention until surpass
the hose of the center swivel joint.
4 Swing motor and swing machinery
Assembly: 250 kg
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
l
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
3. Remove drain hose (1).
796T-426-1410 4. Remove 6 pcs. of the mounting bolt and
Push tool t 1 Q
(PC200/210-8) remove the swing motor Assembly (2).
4
1
790-201-2860 Swing motor Assembly: 70 kg
Push tool t 1
(PC220/230-8)
F 2 796-426-1120 Push tool t 1
796T-426-1130 Plate t 1 Q
3 790-101-5421 Grip t 1
01010-81240 Bolt t 1
q Sectional view
a A number shows the number in the text.
a Though the drawing is for PC200/210, 200/
210LC-8, PC220/230, 220/230LC-8 also oper-
ates in a similar way basically. The different
parts are indicated in the text.
22 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
24 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
12. Shaft assembly 14. Remove bearing (31) from case (30).
1) Using push tool [4], [5], remove shaft (26). a Apply a suitable tool on the circumference
2) Remove bearing (27) and oil seal (29) of the outer race(thick line: Q section),
from cover (28). strike the tool on the circumference with
the hammer lightly, equally, by turns, and
remove the bearing gradually.
a If the outer race is made incline, bearing
becomes hard, so remove it horizontally.
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly 2. Using push tool [9], press fit bearing (27) into
a Wash each part finely and check if there are not case (30).
a garbage, a crack, etc., and apply power line a Use the new bearing.
oil to the sliding portion and assemble them.
1. Oil seal
Using tool F3, install oil seal (29) into cover
(28).
a Be careful for the direction of the oil seal
(up and down).
2 Outside perimeter of oil seal:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
a When press-fitting, take care so that gas-
ket sealant (LG-6) will not stick to the lip 3. Install cover Assembly (33) into case Assem-
surface of the oil seal. bly (32).
2 Cover mounting face:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
a Be careful not to adhere gasket sealant
(LG-6) to drain port section (DP).
a Align the drain process section of cover
into the drain port section (DP).
26 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
4. Shaft and case Assembly a Just before oil seal (29) goes into
a 1) and 2) for PC220-8, PC220LC-8, shaft (B) part, case Assembly (32) is
PC230-8 leveled so that case Assembly (32)
Only PC230LC-8 may be located at the center of shaft
1) Install O ring (42) into spacer (41). (26), and be careful not to damage
the oil seal lip part.
2) Using push tool [16], press fit spacer (41)
into shaft (26).
a Be careful not to bite O ring (42).
5. Bearing
Using tool F2 and push tool [15], press fit bear-
ing (31).
a When press-fitting the bearing, press both
inner and outer races of the bearing at the
same time. Avoid pressing the inner race
only.
q Input pin press (reference):
Inner side 9.4 – 26.6 kN {960 – 2,710 kg}
Outer side 0 – 8.9 kN {0 – 910 kg}
a After the bearing is press-fitted, check that
the case will turn freely.
5) Set into the press.
6) Using tool F1, push tool [13], [14], press fit
inner race section of bearing (27).
a Put in push tool [14] for the cases that
the case Assembly is inclined a lot.
a If case Assembly (32) is inclined,
strike the flange section lightly and
corrected it.
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
28 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
8. Ring gear
Using eyebolt (M10 x 1.5), install ring gear
(13).
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
3] Install plate (10) into carrier (34). 2) Install No. 1 carrier assembly (4).
4] Install thrust washer (9), bearing (8),
gear (7), thrust washer (6), snap ring 11. No.1 sun gear Assembly
(5) in order. Install No. 1 sun gear (3).
a PC200-8, PC200LC-8, PC210-8, PC210LC-8 a When installing the No. 1 sun gear, be
careful not to install it upside down.
a Install the No. 1 sun gear with the tooth
portion (Portion e) facing down.
30 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00661-00
12. Swing motor Assembly 13. Confirm mounting angle of elbow for drain (38)
Put Swing motor Assembly (2) on ring gear : 15°and the tightening torque.
(13). 3 Elbow mounting nut:
5 l
Swing machinery case: Approx. 6.7l
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
32 PC200, 220-8
SEN00661-00 50 Disassembly and assembly
© 2005 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 12-05 (02)
34 PC200, 220-8
SEN00662-02
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
L 1 790-434-1660 Installer t 1
q Sectional view
a A number shows the number in the text.
Disassembly
1. Remove plug (9) and drain the oil from carrier
roller (1).
6 Carrier roller: 75 – 85 ml
2 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
Assembly
1. Using push tools [3] and [4], press fit bushing
(8) to roller (4).
a Press it from the side of cover (3)
2. Floating seal
1) Using tool L1, install floating seal (7) to
roller (4).
2) Using tool L1, install floating seal (6) to
roller (5).
a When installing the floating seal,
completely wash, degrease and dry
both O-ring and the surfaces where
the O-ring and the floating seal will
contact each other (hatched area in
the sketch). And take care that there
is no dust sticking on the contact sur-
face of floating seal.
a When fitting the floating seal, use
tool L1 and be sure that the O-ring is
pushed during the insertion.
a After inserting the floating seal, verify
that the inclination of the seal is less
than 1 mm per its diameter and that
the protrusion height of the seal
shown as (a) in the illustration falls
within the range of 7 – 11 mm.
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
4 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
Necessity
and insert pin (7).
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
L 2 796-670-1020 Installer t 1
Disassembly
1. Remove pin (1) and then collar (2).
3. Pull out roller (4) from shaft (5) and collar (8)
assembly.
a Since 195 cc of oil is filled in, drain it at
this timing, or underlay some cloth to pre-
vent any careless smearing.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
3. Using tool L2, install floating seal (6a) to collar 5. Install shaft (5) to roller (4).
(8).
a When installing the floating seal, com- 6. Put roller (4) and shaft (5) assembly upside
pletely wash, degrease and dry both O- down.
ring and the surfaces of floating seal
where they contact each other (shown
hatched area in the illustration). And take
care that there is no dust sticking on the
contact surfaces of floating seal.
a After inserting the floating seal, verify that
the inclination of the seal is less than 1
mm per its diameter and that the protru-
sion height shown as (a) in the illustration
falls within the range of 7 – 11 mm.
4. Using tool L2, install floating seals (6b) and
(3b) to roller (4).
a As to notes for installation of floating seals
(6b) and (3b), refer to a marked com-
ments in the section 3.
7. Using tool L2, install floating seal (3a) to collar
(2).
a As to notes for installation of floating seal
(3a), refer to a marked comments in the
section 3.
a On the sliding surfaces of the floating
seals, apply some oil and take care not to
have any dust stuck on them.
6 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
Disassembly and assembly of 3. Detach idler (4) from shaft (5) and support
idler assembly assembly (7).
a Since 250 cc of oil is filled in, drain it at
this timing, or underlay some cloth to pre-
Special tools
vent any careless smearing.
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
from idler (4), shaft (5) and support assembly
N/R
(7).
L 3 791-530-1510 Installer t 1
Disassembly
q Structural illustration
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly
q Structural illustration
8 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
4. Assemble shaft (5) and support (7) assembly 6. Fit an O-ring and install support (2) to the shaft
to idler (4). with dowel pin (1).
a See structural illustration.
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of 1. Remove piston assembly (2) from recoil spring
recoil spring assembly assembly (1).
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name pressed to a high installation load,
Q’ty
N/R
be very sure to set the tool prop-
791-600-2001 Compressor (A) t 1 erly to prevent any risk.
a Installation load
or
PC200-8: 109.2 kN {11,150 kg}
791-685-8006 Compressor (B) t 1 PC200LC-8, PC220/220LC-8:
790-201-2780 Spacer 126.3 kN {12,900 kg}
1 791-635-3160 Extension t 1
Cylinder
790-101-1600 t 1
(686 kN{70 ton})
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
M 790-640-2180 Guide bolt t 1
790-101-5201 Push tool kit (B) q 1
790-101-5241 • Plate 1
2
790-101-5221 • Grip 1
01010-51225 • Bolt 2
790-201-1500 Push tool kit q 1
790-201-1620 • Plate 1
3
790-101-5021 • Grip 1
01010-50816 • Bolt 1 2) Apply hydraulic pressure gradually to
remove lock plate (3) then nut (4).
a Compress the spring up to the point
where the nut gets loose.
Disassembly
a Release the hydraulic pressure slowly
q Structural illustration and release the tension of the spring.
a Free length of spring
PC200-8: 531 mm
PC200LC-8, PC220/220LC-8:
561 mm
3) Remove yoke (6) and cylinder (7) from
spring (5).
4) Remove snap ring (8), dust seal (9) and
bushing (10), one after the other, from cyl-
inder (7).
10 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
12 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
Expansion and installation of 4. Using tool R, remove master pin (2). [*2]
track shoe assembly a Press fit guide pin (GP), so that master pin
(2) will be pushed out.
Special tools
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
Remover and
791-630-3000 t 1
installer
R Cylinder
790-101-1300 t 1
(980 kN{100 ton})
790-101-1102 Pump t 1
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*1]
a Refer to the "Checking and adjusting track choe
tension" section in the Testing and adjusting
chapter of this manual.
[*3]
[*2]
1) Using bar [2], roll up track shoes (3) while
Apply grease on master pin (2). (At the area where
the machine moves forward slowly.
bushing (4) and master pin (2) come contact:
shown hatched)
2 Between the bushing and the master pin
(shown as hatched area):
Grease
Nigutaite LYK-2 from nihon grease co.,
ltd. : part no. 44392708 or epuivalent.
14 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*1]
2 Swivel circle mating surface:
Gasket sealant (LG-1)
2 Thead of revolving frame mounting bolts:
Adhesive compound (LT-2)
q In case of torque tightening:
3 mounting bolts:
716 – 814 Nm {73 – 83 kgm}
q In case of angle tightening:
3 mounting bolts:
1) Initial torque:
294.2 ± 29.4 Nm {30 ± 3 kgm}
2) Then tighten the bolts turning by 60 ± 6°.
9. Remove 32 mounting bolts, and dismount
revolving frame assembly (16) off slinging it up.
[*1] q Refilling with oil (Hydraulic tank)
a Using levers and blocks, hold the balance Refill hydraulic oil through the oil filler port to
of revolving frame assembly front and the specified level. Let the oil circulate in the
rear, and left and right. hydraulic system by starting the engine. Then
k When dismounting the revolving frame check the oil level again.
assembly, take care so that it does not
hit the center swivel joint assembly. q Air bleeding
4 Revolving frame assembly Bleed air from the travel motor referencing the
PC200-8: 5,100 kg "Bleeding air from each part" section in the
PC220-8: 5,500 kg Testing and adjusting chapter of this manual.
16 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
a Serial number:
#310001 and up (PC200/200LC-8)
#80001 and up (PC220/220LC-8)
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00662-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Reference Installation
Removal of rear camera (RC) q Installation is done in the reverse order of re-
a Serial number: moval.
#310001 and up (PC200/200LC-8)
#80001 and up (PC220/220LC-8) [*1]
2 Mounting bolt threaded section:
a Disconnect connector (4) in advance. Adhesive compound (LT-2)
1. Remove cover (10). 3 mounting bolts:
2. Remove bolts (11). 1,180 – 1,470 Nm {120 – 150 kgm}
3. Remove cover (12).
[*2]
4. Remove bolts (13) and rear camera (RC).
a Installing and adjusting counterweight
1) Using shims, adjust the differences in
level or gaps between the counterweight
and the exterior of machine body.
a Shims: 20Y-46-11410
2) Fix the counterweight so that the clear-
ances in the direction of front and rear are
even and within the limit of 10 ± 5 mm for
both from the doors and from the revolving
frame.
18 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00662-02
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00662-02
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
20
SEN00663-02
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
2 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
[*1]
Install the center swivel joint (CSJ) facing in the
direction shown in the figure. (The figure shows the
machine body as seen from above.)
a S: Sprocket
A – D: Port name
q Air bleeding
Bleed the air from the circuit between the valve
and the hydraulic cylinder. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from each
part".
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Disassembly and assembly of 1. Remove elbows (1), (2) and tee (3).
center swivel joint assembly 2. Remove cover (4).
3. Remove snap ring (5) and ring (6).
Special tools 4. Using tool T1, pull out swivel shaft (7) from
swivel shaft (8).
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
790-101-2501 Push puller q 1
790-101-2510 • Block 1
790-101-2520 • Screw 1
791-112-1180 • Nut 1
T1 790-101-2540 • Washer 1
790-101-2630 • Leg 2
790-101-2570 • Plate 4
790-101-2560 • Nut 2
790-101-2650 • Adapter 2
5. Remove seal (9) and O-ring (10) from swivel
rotor (7).
Disassembly 6. Remove dust seal (11) from cover (12).
Assembly
a See figure at left.
4 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
Removal and installation of 4. Carry out item 5. – 19. of "Removal and instal-
hydraulic tank assembly lation of hydraulic pump assembly" and
remove frame (2) between hydraulic tank and
k Lower the work equipment to the ground engine. For that purpose, remove below
completely, after the engine is stopped, mainly.
loosen the hydraulic tank cap gradually to q Engine hood
reduce the pressure inside, and set the q Control valve upper cover
lock lever in the lock position. q Cover between hydraulic pump and en-
gine
Removal q Air cleaner upper cover
a Attach an identification tag to each piping to
avoid a mistake in the position of installation
later.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
7. Disconnect drain hoses (6) through (8). 12. Disconnect drain hoses (13) through (18).
q (6), (7): From control valve q (13): Solenoid valve drain
q (8): From oil cooler upper side q (14): Main valve drain
8. Disconnect clamp (9). q (15): Pressure reducing valve drain
9. Disconnect hose (10) form the filter. q (16): PPC drain
a Hose band color: Yellow q (17): Swing motor drain
10. Disconnect filter bracket (11). q (18): Pump drain
11. Remove frame (12).
6 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
[*1]
3 Hydraulic tank drain plug:
58.8 – 78.5 Nm {6.0 – 8.0 kgm}
[*2]
a Use new MIKALOR clamps.
1) Apply adhesive evenly over the tube side.
2 Apply evenly over the tube side:
Adhesive (THREEBOND No.4314)
2) Set the hose to the original position.
Insertion depth of air hose.
16. Lift off hydraulic tank assembly (22) to remove a Reference
it. Hose insertion length:85mm (L.H and R.H)
4 Hydraulic tank assembly: 130 kg 3) Set the bridge (BR) under the clamp bolt and
lap it over band (BD) at least (b) reaches 5
mm.
4) Tightening of the clamp.
a Do not use an impact wrench.
2 Clamp bolt (BC): Lubricating oil
(THREEBOND PANDO 18B)
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*3]
3 Mounting bolt:
245 – 309 Nm {25 – 31.5 kgm}
q Air bleeding
Bleed the air from the circuit between the valve
and the hydraulic cylinder. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from each
part".
8 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
Removal and installation of 4. Disconnect connector (9) from clip. From the
control valve assembly top,
V06
k Release the remaining pressure in the V05
hydraulic circuit. For details, see Testing V04
and adjusting, "Releasing residual pres- V03
sure from hydraulic circuit". V02
V01
Removal 5. Disconnect clamp (10).
6. Keep away solenoid assembly (11) from con-
a Attach an identification tag to each piping to
trol valve bracket (B).
avoid a mistake in the position of installation
later.
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
10. Disconnect connectors V 23 (14) and V24 (15). 16. Disconnect hoses (20) through (23).
a Band: (14) red, (15) white a Hose band: No color
11. Disconnect connectors (14) and (15) from clip. q (20): relief valve
12. Disconnect bracket (16). q (21) – (23): OPT
17. Disconnect L.H. PPC hose (24). From the top,
Bucket dump (Hose band: black)
L.H. travel reverse (Hose band: no color)
Boom raise (Hose band: green)
L.H. swing (Hose band: red)
R.H. travel reverse (Hose band: blue)
Arm dump (Hose band: yellow)
10 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
21. Disconnect connector P26 (28). 24. Disconnect hoses (32) through (36) from the
(front pump pressure sensor) rear side.
22. Disconnect bracket (29), then bracket junction q (32): PP1 port pump (rear pump)
box (J). q (33): PPS2 port hose (front pump)
Hose band: blue
q (34): PR port hose (pump)
Hose band: yellow
q (35): PP2 port hose (front pump)
q (36): Drain hose (hydraulic tank)
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
27. Remove boom tube mounting clamp (40). q (46): From the top
28. Disconnect 4 boom hoses (41). B-1 port hose (If equipped)
29. Disconnect horn (42) from bracket. B1 port hose (Bucket bottom side)
B2 port hose (Swivel joint A port)
B3 port tube (Boom head side)
B4 port hose (Swing motor MB port)
B5 port hose (Swivel joint D port)
B6 port hose (Arm bottom side)
12 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
33. Remove mounting bolt, and lift off control valve Installation
assembly (47) to remove. q Installation is done in the reverse order of re-
4 Control valve assembly: 260 kg moval.
q Air bleeding
Bleed the air from the circuit between the valve
and the hydraulic cylinder. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from each
part".
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
796-946-1310 Guide ø 21.8
t 1
(For 723-46-40100)
796-946-1610 Guide ø 21.4
t 1
(For 723-46-41100)
796-946-1810 Guide ø 21.2
2 t 1
(For 723-46-43100 and 723-46-43400)
796-946-1910 Guide ø 21.0
t 1
(For 723-46-46101 and 723-46-46300)
796-946-2210 Guide ø 21.6
t 1
(For 723-46-45100 and 723-46-45700) a There are many types of piston.
796-946-1320 Guide ø 21.8
t 1
(For 723-46-40100) 3. Set tool T2 to piston (2) and push it in slowly by
hand so that seal (5) may spread out evenly.
796-946-1620 Guide ø 21.4
t 1
(For 723-46-41100) a The seal may be also fitted by pushing it
796-946-1820 Guide ø 21.2 down to the flat surface of the tool and
t 1
(For 723-46-43100 and 723-46-43400) then pushing it in with the tool fitted to the
3 piston.
796-946-1920 Guide ø 21.0
T t 1
(For 723-46-46101 and 723-46-46300)
796-946-2220 Guide ø 21.6
t 1
(For 723-46-45100)
796-946-1420 Guide ø 21.6
t 1
(For 723-46-42700)
796-946-1330 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-40100)
796-946-1630 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-41100)
796-946-1830 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-43100 and 723-46-43400)
4
796-946-1930 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-46101 and 723-46-46300)
796-946-2230 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-45100)
796-946-1430 Sleeve
t 1
(For 723-46-42700)
14 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
4. Likewise, set tool T3 to piston (2) in the same 7. Fit plug (3) and spring (4) to piston (2), then
direction and push it slowly by hand so that assemble pressure compensation valve (1).
another seal (6) may be spread out evenly. a After the installation, push the piston by
a The seal may be also fitted by pushing it hand and check that the piston reacts only
down to the flat surface of the tool and with spring force.
then pushing it in with the tool fitted to the
piston.
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
16 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
10 796-460-1210 Oil stopper q 1
A
11 796-770-1320 Adaptor q 1
Removal
k Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the
battery before starting the work. 4. Temporarily sling engine hood (2).
k Lower the work equipment to the ground a When slinging the engine hood, take care
completely, after the engine is stopped, not to damage the rubber seal.
loosen the hydraulic tank cap gradually to 5. Remove pins (3) and (4), then remove 2 gas
reduce the pressure inside, and set the springs (5).
lock lever in the lock position. 6. Lift off engine hood (2) to remove it.
a Attach an identification tag to each piping to
avoid a mistake in the position of installation
later.
18 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
20 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
[*1]
2 Hydraulic pump involute spline:
Antifriction agent (LM-G)
2 Mating face of the hydraulic pump case:
Gasket sealant (LG-6)
a Since flywheel housing is made of aluminum,
be careful not to over torque.
a Impact wrench is not applicable to use.
q Air bleeding
Bleed the air from the circuit between the valve
and the hydraulic cylinder. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from each
part".
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name Oil seal outer circumference:
Q’ty
N/R
Grease (G2-LI)
a Coat the oil seal outer circumference thinly with
S 796T-467-2410 Push tool t 1 N Q
grease.
a Press fit oil seal (3) with tool S, [1], [2].
Removal
1. Remove the hydraulic pump assembly refer-
ring to the section of "Removal and installation
of hydraulic pump assembly.
22 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Assembly
a When assembling, clean and inspect the parts
closely and take care fully so that dirt, rush,
flaw, etc never cause a trouble.
24 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
Special tools
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
Cylinder repair
790-502-1003 q 1
1 stand
790-101-1102 Pump q 1
790-102-4300 Wrench assembly t 1
2
790-102-4310 Pin t 2
3 790-720-1000 Expander q 1
Rubber band
796-720-1670 q 1 4) Disassemble the piston rod assembly as
(for boom and arm)
07281-01279 Clamp q 1 follows.
4 1] Set piston rod assembly (2) in tool
Rubber band
796-720-1660 q 1 U1.
(for bucket)
07281-01159 Clamp q 1
790-201-1702 Push tool kit t 1
• Push tool
790-201-1831 1
(for bucket)
• Push tool
U 790-201-1930 1
5 (for arm)
• Push tool
790-201-1940 1
(for boom)
790-101-5021 • Grip 1
01010-50816 • Bolt 1
Push tool kit
790-201-1500 q 1
(for bucket)
790-201-1640 • Push tool 1
2] Remove stopper screw (3) of piston
790-101-5021 • Grip 1 assembly.
01010-50816 • Bolt 1 a Common to the boom, arm and
6 Plate bucket cylinder. Screw size:
790-201-1980 q 1 M12 x Pitch 1.75
(for boom)
Plate
790-201-1990 q 1
(for arm)
790-101-5021 Grip q 1
01010-50816 Bolt q 1
Disassembly
1. Piston rod assembly
1) Remove piping from the cylinder assem-
bly.
2) Remove the mounting bolts and then dis-
connect head assembly (1).
3) Pull out piston rod assembly (2).
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
a If the caulking of screw (3) is too strong and it 7] Remove cap (8), and pull 12 balls (9),
cannot be removed, tighten the screw fully, then then remove plunger (10).
fit tap (T) to the thread and remove the screw. q Arm cylinder only
4] Remove plunger
q Boom and arm cylinder only
5] Remove collar (6).
q Boom and arm cylinder only
6] Remove head assembly (7).
26 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
Assembly
a Be careful not to damage the packing, dust
seals, and O-rings.
a Clean each part, then cover the piping ports
and pin-inserting hole to prevent dust from
entering them.
a Do not try to force the backup ring into position.
Warm it in warm water (50 – 60°C) before
installing it.
1. Assembly of recoil spring assembly
1) Using tool U5, press fit bushing (20).
2) Assemble buffer ring (19).
3) Assemble rod packing (18). 3) Install the backup ring and O-ring (14).
4) Using tool U6, install dust seal (17), and 4) Assemble wear ring (12).
secure with snap ring (16). 5) Assemble ring (11).
5) Install the backup ring and O-ring (15). a Be careful not to open the end gap of
the ring too wide.
2 Ring groove: Grease (G2-LI)
PC200, 220-8 27
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
28 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
PC200, 220-8 29
SEN00663-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
30 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00663-02
PC200, 220-8 31
SEN00663-02
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
32
SEN00664-02
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00664-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of work 5. Start the engine and then retract the piston rod.
equipment assembly a Bind the piston rod with wire etc. and put it
down on the blocking tools so that the pis-
ton rod does not slip out, or allot a support
Special tools
so that the cylinder doesn't fall down to the
bottom side. If a support is allotted, remove
Essentiality
Illustration
Symbol
Quantity
Part number Part name
a Remove the boom cylinder on the other
N/R
side in the same manner.
796-900-1200 Remover t 1 a If bumping of the lifting hook against the
796-900-1210 • Sleeve 1
work equipment lamp is anticipated in lift-
ing the work equipment, the lamp must be
792-900-1520 • Plate 1
removed.
799-900-1230 • Screw 1 6. Disconnect 2 pieces of bucket cylinder hose
796-900-1240 • Adapter 1 (6) and 2 pieces of arm cylinder hose (7).
V
01643-33080 • Washer 1 a Apply the oil restraining plug and then fix
01803-13034 • Nut 1 the hoses to the valve side by use of
Puller ropes.
790-101-4000 t 1 7. Disconnect intermediate connector for work-
(490 kN {50 ton} long)
790-101-1102 Pump (294 kN {30 ton}) t 1 ing lamp A13 (8).
Removal
k Safely lower the work equipment to the
ground by extending the arm and the
bucket completely. Set the lock lever in
the lock position,
k Release the residual pressure in the
hydraulic circuit. Refer to the "Releasing
residual pressure from hydraulic circuit"
section in the Testing and adjusting chap-
ter of this manual.
2 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00664-02
[*1]
2 Inside surface of bushing when assembling
pin: Antifriction agent (LM-P)
2 Greasing after assembling the pin:
Grease (LM-G)
k When aligning the position of the pin hole,
never insert your fingers into the pin hole.
a st1: resin shim (thickness 1.0 mm)
a Adjust the clearance (b) between cylinder rod
(12) and plate (4) to 1.5 mm or less using
shims: 1.0 and 2.0 mm
[*2]
2 Inner surface of bushing as assembling the
pin: Anti-friction compound (LM-P)
2 Feed grease after assembling pin:
Grease (LM-G)
a Adjust the clearance (c) between the foot's end
face of boom (13) and bracket (14) to 1 mm or
9. Remove work equipment assembly (11). less by use of shims. Thickness of standard
4 Work equipment assembly: shim: 2.0, 2.5, 3.0 and 3.5 mm
PC200/200LC-8 : 3,300 kg
PC220/220LC-8 : 4,100 kg
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00664-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
q Air bleeding
Bleed the air from the circuit between the valve
and the hydraulic cylinder. For details, see
Testing and adjusting, "Bleeding air from each
part".
4 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00664-02
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00664-02
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
6
SEN00665-02
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
PC200-8
1SHOP MANUAL
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
2 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
15. Remove duct (20). 23. Remove ducts (32) and (33).
16. Disconnect connector (21). a Cut tie-wrap.
17. Remove plates (22) and (23) from the operator 24. Disconnect wiper motor connector M05(34).
cab. 25. Remove harness (35) and antenna (36) from
the cab wall.
a Cut 2 points of tie-wrap.
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
31. Detach harness clamp (41) from the right back 35. Lift off and remove operator's cab assembly
side of cab. (47).
4 Operator's cab assembly: 470 kg
[*1]
3 Mounting bolt of lock plate (43):
98 – 123 Nm {10 – 12.5 kgm}
[*2]
3 Bolt (44):
245 – 309 Nm {25 – 31.5 kgm}
4 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
a Among the panes of window glass on the 4 (1) : Right side window glass
sides of the operator's cab, 5 panes (1) to (4) (2) : Left side rear window glass
and (18) are stuck. (3) : Door lower window glass
a In this section, the procedure for replacing the (4) : Front window glass
stuck glasses is explained. (5) : Front window assembly
a When replacing front window glass (4), remove (Front window glass + Front frame)
front window assembly (5) . (It is impossible to (6) : Dam rubber
replace only the front window glass while the (17) : Center trim seal
front window assembly is installed to the opera- (18) : Rear glass
tor's cab.)
a For the procedure for replacing the front win-
dow assembly, see “Removal and installation of
front window assembly“.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Necessity
Symbol
Sketch
Part number Part name
Q’ty
N/R
2 793-498-1210 Lifter (Suction cup) t 2
X
3 20Y-54-13180 Stopper rubber t 2
Removal
a Remove the window glass to be replaced
according to the following procedure.
1. Using seal cutter [1], cut the adhesive between
broken window glass (7) and operator's cab
(metal sheet)(8).
6 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
a Parts to be coated with primer; Apply the prim- a Never apply the wrong primer.
er all over dimension (a). If the glass primer, etc. is applied by mistake,
q Dimension to apply primer (a): 25 mm wipe it off with white gasoline.
8 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
3) Stick dam rubber (6) for door lower win- a Stick dam rubber (6c) of the lower
dow glass (3) to the position as shown in side of the front window glass along
the figure. the outside edge of the lower line, dif-
ferently from other dam rubbers (6).
(If it is stuck along the inside, it will be
seen through the transparent part of
the glass.)
10 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
12 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
PC200, 220-8 13
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
8. Fix the window glass. 9. After installing the window glass, remove any
1) After installing right window glass (1) to excess of the primer and adhesive from the
the operator's cab, insert stopper rubbers operator's cab and window glass.
X3 to 2 places (v) at the bottom of the a By using the white gasoline, wipe off the
glass to fix the glass. adhesive before it is dried up.
a When cleaning the glass, do not give an
impact on it.
14 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
Removal
1. Raise the front window assembly to the ceiling
and fix it with the rear locks ( on both sides).
PC200, 220-8 15
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
16 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
PC200, 220-8 17
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
18 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
8. Adjust the “Open“ position of the front window 3) Close front window assembly (10).
assembly lock. 4) Loosen locknut (20) of right and left side of
1) After adjusting the “Close“ position of the rubber stoppers (18), and then pull back
front window assembly lock in steps 6 and both rubber stoppers (18) so that they
7, raise the front window assembly to the won't contact with the front window
ceiling. assembly when it is in “Open“ position.
2) Set the front window assembly locks at
the both sides of rear of the operator's cab
to the “Open“ position, and then check the
following items.
q Check the working condition of right
a nd left l ock s ( 16) and ( 17) ( as
explained above).
q Front window assembly must be in
contact with the right and left rubber
stoppers (18) and furthermore, must
be pushing them backward for 1.5 –
3.0 mm.
q The front window assembly must be
pushing the limit switch backward for
4 – 7 mm. 5) Loosen both sides of locknuts (22), and
a The position of limit switch (19) can- adjust the position of striker bolt (21).
n ot be ad ju st ed. T he re for e , th e a Striker bolt (21): M10
“Open“ position of the front window Inner diameter of plate (23): ø 14.5
assembly is decided within the range mm
where this switch works.
a Limit switch (19) is used to prevent
the windshield wiper from moving
when turning the wiper switch on by
m i s ta k e w h e n t h e f r o n t w i n d o w
assembly is in “Open“ position. If the
wiper operates when there is no glass
in the front, the wiper falls down
inside the cab and causes trouble.
To check whether limit switch (19) is
working, turn the key switch on and
see that, even if the wiper switch is
turned on, the wiper does not operate
when the front window assembly is in
“Open“ position.
1] Front window assembly (10) must be
pushing the limit switch backward for
4 – 7 mm (at “Open“ position).
2] Working condition of lock (17).
PC200, 220-8 19
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
6) Adjustment of right and left rubber stop- 4] Tighten locknuts (20) of the both
pers (18). sides of rubber stopper (18).
1] Bring front window assembly (10) (the
lock should be in “Open“ position) into
contact with right and left rubber stop-
pers (18).
20 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
[*2]
3 Left lower pin:
27 – 34 Nm {2.75 – 3.47 kgm}
2 Mounting bolt: Adhesive (LT-2)
PC200, 220-8 21
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
22 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
q Step 8 – 10 is optional (for breaker). 20. Remove clamps (24) and (25). [*2]
8. Disconnect the following PPC hoses from the 21. Disconnect clamp (26). (If equipped)
PPC valve. The color of the band is;
q (8): Yellow
q (9): No color
a Plug the hose to stop oil flow-out.
9. Disconnect connectors S11 (10) and S10 (11).
10. Disconnect connectors P13 (12) and V30 (13).
PC200, 220-8 23
SEN00665-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
24 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00665-02
Installation
q Installation is done in the reverse order of
removal.
[*1]
a When installing the air conditioner circuit hoses,
take care so that dirt, water, may not enter.
a Make sure before the installation that there is
O-ring at the piping connector of the air condi-
tioner hose.
a Check that there is no defect or deterioration on
the O-ring.
a When connecting the refrigerant piping, coat
the O-ring with compressor oil for new refrig-
erant (R134a) (Denso: ND-OIL8, Zexcel:
ZXL100PG (PAG 46 or equivalent)) .
3 Mounting bolt: 8 – 12 Nm {0.8 – 1.2 kgm}
[*2]
a Make sure that the hoses do not lap over.
PC200, 220-8 25
SEN00665-02
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
26
SEN00666-02
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00666-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Removal and installation of air 7. Pull down opening and closing lever (8) of the
conditioner unit assembly outside air filter cover.
8. Remove outside air filter (9).
Removal
k Disconnect the negative terminal (–) of the
battery before starting the work.
k In the case that you do not drain the cool-
ant, if you disconnect the heater hose
when the coolant temperature in the radia-
tor is high, you may be scalded. In this
case, wait until the coolant temperature
lowers and then disconnect the heater
hose.
k Collect the air conditioner refrigerant
(R134a) from air conditioner circuit in
advance.
a Ask professional traders for collecting and fill-
ing operation of refrigerant (R134a).
a Never release the refrigerant (R134a) to the 9. Remove rear covers (10) to (13).
atmosphere.
2 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00666-02
15. Remove ducts (20) and (21). 20. Disconnect connectors N10 (27) and AC01
a Cut tie-wrap. (28).
21. Disconnect connectors ECU10 and ECU11
( 29 ) fr o m t he ai r c on di t io n er c on tr o l l er
(ACCONT).
PC200, 220-8 3
SEN00666-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
[*1]
a When installing the air conditioner circuit hoses,
take care so that dirt, water, may not enter.
a Make sure before the installation that there is
O-ring at the piping connector of the air condi-
tioner hose.
a Check that there is no defect or deterioration on
the O-ring.
a When connecting the refrigerant piping, coat
the O-ring with compressor oil for new refrig-
erant (R134a) (Denso: ND-OIL8, Zexcel:
24. Remove mounting bolt (33) and disconnect air ZXL100PG (PAG 46 or equivalent)).
conditioner tube (34). [*1] 3 Mounting bolt: 8 – 12 Nm {0.8 – 1.2 kgm}
4 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00666-02
Installation
q Installation is done in the reverse order of
removal.
PC200, 220-8 5
SEN00666-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
6 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00666-02
Installation
[*1], [*2]
1) Temporarily install monitor assembly (6) with 4
mounting bolts, and then install cover (5).
2) With cover (5) installed, tighten the mounting
bolts of monitor assembly.
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00666-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
q Installation is done in the reverse order of re-
moval.
a Reference
1. Procedure for removing connector cover (1)
1) Cut and remove cable tie (2).
2. Disconnect relay R08 (4) from the clip.
2) Move lever (3) up.
3. Disconnect bracket (5) and put it to the right
side.
4. Disconnect wiring connectors C01 (6) and C02
(7) as follows.
q Tilt lock (L12) inside while pressing lock
(L1).
a Bar (B) comes out and the lock is re-
leased.
5. Remove the 4 mounting bolts and pump con-
troller assembly (8).
8 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00666-02
a Connector without connector cover 3) Set claw (C) to the connector and place
(1) connector cover (1).
a Take care that wiring harness (5) will
not be caught.
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00666-02 50 Disassembly and assembly
Installation
q Carry out installation in the reverse order to re-
moval
a Reference
q How to replace the seal of O-ring of power
source connector (4).
Seal of O-ring:
1010-074-0406 (NIHON-DEUTSCH Ltd.)
or equivalent
3. Open the engine hood. 1) Remove cover (6) by nipping the tab with twee-
zers [1].
4. Disconnect connectors CE02 (2) and (3) from
the engine controller.
a The connector is locked with the inside
hexagonal head bolt L6 (4 mm).
5. Disconnect connector (4) from the engine con-
troller by pushing the lock.
6. Remove the mounting bolt and engine control-
ler (5).
a Ground (E) and harness clamp are tight-
ened together with.
10 PC200, 220-8
50 Disassembly and assembly SEN00666-02
PC200, 220-8 11
SEN00666-02
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
12
SEN00112-02
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00112-02 90 Diagrams and drawings
2 PC200, 220-8
Hydraulic circuit diagram
Hydraulic circuit diagram PC200, 200LC-8
1
PC200, 200LC-8
SEN00112-02
PC200, 220LC-8 3
Hydraulic circuit diagram Hydraulic circuit diagram
PC220, 220LC-8
1
PC220, 220LC-8
SEN00112-02
PC200, 220LC-8 5
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN00112-02
PC200, 220-8 7
SEN00112-02
©2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 05-07 (01)
8
SEN00113-05
PC200-8
PC200LC-8
PC220-8
PC220LC-8
PC200, 220-8 1
SEN00113-05 90 Diagrams and drawings
2 PC200, 220-8
Electrical circuit diagram
Electrical circuit diagram PC200, 220-8
SEN0113-05
PC200, 220-8 3
Connector arrangement diagram
Connector arrangement diagram PC200, 220-8
CAM SENSOR 3 Engine Bkup speed sensor AJ-1 P17 2 Air conditioner high/low pressure switch U-1
CE01 DRC 60 Engine controller AK-1 P20 M 3 Fuel control dial R-7
CE02 DRC 50 Engine controller AJ-1 P21 X 1 Fuel level sensor G-9
CE03 DTP 4 Engine controller AK-1 P22 D 2 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor AN-2
CK01 AMP 14 KOMTRAX communication module Z-7 P23 D 2 Air cleaner clogging switch N-3
CK02 AMP 10 KOMTRAX communication module AA-7 P24 X 2 Radiator coolant level switch AB-6
CM01 070 18 Machine monitor P-5 P25 AMP 3 F pump pressure sensor K-9
CM02 070 12 Machine monitor P-4 P26 AMP 3 R pump pressure sensor K-9
CM03 070 18 Machine monitor P-3 Attachment pedal rear PPC pressure switch
P30 X 2
[Attachment specification]
CM04 070 12 Machine monitor (Unconnected) P-4
P31 2 Air conditioner daylight sensor P-5
CM05 070 8 Machine monitor (For connection of camera) Q-6
P44 D 2 Engine oil level sensor AL-8
CM06 070 4 Machine monitor (GPS antenna) P-2
P47 DT 2 Water-in-fuel sensor AN-4
COOLANT TEMP 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor AJ-3
R01 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal E) C-8
CRANK SENSOR 3 Engine Ne speed sensor AJ-1
R02 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal BR) C-8
D01 SWP 8 Assembled-type diode O-8
R03 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal M) A-9
D02 SWP 8 Assembled-type diode O-8
R04 Terminal 1 Battery relay (Terminal B) C-9
D03 SWP 8 Assembled-type diode P-9
R05 Relay 5 Light relay U-9
D10 2 Diode X-8
R06 Relay 5 Starting motor cutout relay (PPC lock) P-9
D11 2 Diode Y-8
R07 Relay 5 Starting motor cutout relay (Personal code) P-9
E01 Terminal 1 Electrical intake air heater AK-5
R08 Relay 5 Horn relay W-9
E06 DT 2 Intermediate connector AL-1
R10 Relay 5 Rear light relay [Rear light specification] U-9
E08 X 1 Intermediate connector AK-9
R12 Relay 5 Cab light relay [Cab light specification] U-9
E10 D 1 Intermediate connector AI-6
R15 Terminal 1 Electrical intake air heater relay (Coil circuit) A-8
E12 2 Alternator (Terminals IG and L) AL-9
R16 Terminal 1 Electrical intake air heater relay (Contact circuit) B-8
F01 — — Fuse box V-9
R17 X 2 Starting motor safety relay (Terminals S and R) B-7
F04 L 2 Fusible link (65A) C-9
R18 Relay 5 Automatic preheater relay X-9
F05 M 2 Fusible link (30A) C-8
R28 Terminal 1 Starting motor safety relay (Terminal C) B-9
FUEL RAIL PRESS 3 Common rail pressure sensor AM-5
R20 Relay 5 Air conditioner blower relay T-8
FUEL REGULATOR Supply pump solenoid (IMV) AN-2
R21 Relay 5 Air conditioner compressor relay T-8
H08 M 4 Intermediate connector Z-3
R23 Relay 5 Engine controller relay (1) W-9
H09 M 8 Intermediate connector AA-4
R24 Relay 5 Engine controller relay (2) W-9
H15 090 22 Intermediate connector V-1
S02 SWP 6 Light switch S-7
H16 S 12 Intermediate connector Z-3
S04 SWP 6 Swing lock switch S-7
INJ CYL 1 DT 2 Injector #1 AJ-4
S07 SWP 6 Rotary lamp switch [Rotary lamp specification] S-7
INJ CYL 2 DT 2 Injector #2 AJ-4
S10 090 2 Right knob switch R-6
INJ CYL 3 DT 2 Injector #3 AK-5
S11 2 Left knob switch W-1
INJ CYL 4 DT 2 Injector #4 AK-5
S14 M 3 PPC oil pressure lock switch W-1
INJ CYL 5 DT 2 Injector #5 AL-5
S21 — 12 Emergency pump drive switch P-9
INJ CYL 6 DT 2 Injector #6 AL-6
S22 — 6 Swing holding brake release switch P-9
J01 20 Junction connector (Black) AA-7
S25 090 8 Intermediate connector Q-8
J02 20 Junction connector (Black) Y-3
S30 S 8 Model selection connector T-8
J03 20 Junction connector (Green) Y-2
SB Terminal 2 Starting motor (Terminal B) AI-7
J04 20 Junction connector (Green) Z-7
SC Terminal 1 Starting motor (Terminal C) AI-7
J05 20 Junction connector (Pink) Y-8
T01 Terminal 2 Floor frame ground Y-3
J06 20 Junction connector (Orange) Y-8
T02 Terminal 1 Cab ground AH-3
K01 M 2 Pump (PC) resistor P-6
T03 1 Intermediate connector X-2
K02 DT 3 CAN terminal resistance AL-1
T03A Terminal 1 Radio body ground X-2
L01 DT 2 Working lamp (Boom) F-8
T04 Terminal 1 Revolving frame ground J-1, V-1
L02 DT 2 Right headlamp F-8
T05 Terminal 1 Revolving frame ground K-1
L03 2 Room lamp AE-8
T06 Terminal 1 Revolving frame ground K-1
L05 2 Intermediate connector [Rotary lamp specification] AF-9
T07 Terminal 1 Revolving frame ground K-1
L09 DT 2 Rear working lamp [Rear working lamp specification]
T08 Terminal 1 Revolving frame ground B-7
L15 2 Rotary lamp [Rotary lamp specification] AG-9
T09 Terminal 1 Revolving frame ground L-1
M01 PA 9 Radio W-2
T10 Terminal 1 Revolving frame ground L-2
M02 2 Speaker (Left) AH-8
T12 Terminal 1 Engine cylinder block ground AL-1
M03 2 Speaker (Right) AG-9
TOOL PORT Communication connector AJ-2
M04 2 Cigarette lighter R-6
V01 D 2 PPC lock solenoid valve M-2
M05 M 6 Wiper motor P-3, AC-5
V02 D 2 2-stage relief solenoid valve H-8
M06 KES0 2 Window washer motor M-3, AB-6
V03 D 2 Swing holding brake solenoid valve M-2
M07 090 2 Horn (High tone) H-1
V04 D 2 Travel speed shifting solenoid valve I-8
M08 090 2 Horn (Low tone) G-1
V05 D 2 Travel junction solenoid valve M-2
M09 M 2 Optional power supply connector (1) Z-4
Attachment return selector solenoid valve
M10 M 2 Optional power supply connector (2) AB-4 V06 D 2 I-9
[Attachment specification]
M11 M 4 DC/DC converter AB-5 V11 D 2 F-PC-EPC valve AN-4
M12 M 2 Optional power supply connector (12 V) AA-4 V12 D 2 R-PC-EPC valve AN-2
M13 M 2 12V outlet AB-5 V19 D 2 LS-EPC valve AN-5
M14 D 2 Travel alarm L-2 V23 D 2 Merge-divider EPC valve (Main) I-9
M40 2 Headlamp [Headlamp specification] AD-8 V24 D 2 Merge-divider EPC valve (LS) J-9
M41 2 Headlamp [Headlamp specification] AC-7 Attachment flow regulator EPC valve [Attachment
V30 DT 2 Q-2
specification]
N08 D 12 Service connector V-9
W03 M 2 Window rear limit switch AG-9
N10 4 Air conditioner unit T-7
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Terminal Engine oil pressure switch (Low pressure) AM-1
P01 AMP 3 Bucket curl PPC pressure sensor N-7
P02 X 2 Boom lower PPC pressure switch N-7
SEN0113-05
PC200, 220-8 5
Electrical circuit diagram for air conditioner
Electrical circuit diagram for air conditioner PC200, 220-8 1
SEN0113-05
PC200, 220-8 7
90 Diagrams and drawings SEN00113-05
PC200, 220-8 9
SEN00113-05
© 2007 KOMATSU
All Rights Reserved
Printed in Japan 04-07 (01)
10